US20030195154A1 - Use of transthyretin peptide/protein fusions to increase the serum half-life of pharmacologically active peptides/proteins - Google Patents

Use of transthyretin peptide/protein fusions to increase the serum half-life of pharmacologically active peptides/proteins Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20030195154A1
US20030195154A1 US10/407,078 US40707803A US2003195154A1 US 20030195154 A1 US20030195154 A1 US 20030195154A1 US 40707803 A US40707803 A US 40707803A US 2003195154 A1 US2003195154 A1 US 2003195154A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
ttr
biologically active
active agent
tmp
fusion
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US10/407,078
Inventor
Kenneth Walker
Fei Xiong
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Amgen Inc
Original Assignee
Amgen Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Amgen Inc filed Critical Amgen Inc
Priority to US10/407,078 priority Critical patent/US20030195154A1/en
Assigned to AMGEN INC. reassignment AMGEN INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: WALKER, KENNETH, XIONG, FEI
Publication of US20030195154A1 publication Critical patent/US20030195154A1/en
Priority to US12/380,451 priority patent/US8633153B2/en
Priority to US14/157,325 priority patent/US20140234945A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/04—Peptides having up to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/043—Kallidins; Bradykinins; Related peptides
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/46—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates
    • C07K14/47—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/04—Peptides having up to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/10—Peptides having 12 to 20 amino acids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/17—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • A61K38/19—Cytokines; Lymphokines; Interferons
    • A61K38/20—Interleukins [IL]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/17—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • A61K38/22—Hormones
    • A61K38/29—Parathyroid hormone (parathormone); Parathyroid hormone-related peptides
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/56—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic macromolecular compound, e.g. an oligomeric, polymeric or dendrimeric molecule
    • A61K47/58—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic macromolecular compound, e.g. an oligomeric, polymeric or dendrimeric molecule obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. poly[meth]acrylate, polyacrylamide, polystyrene, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinylalcohol or polystyrene sulfonic acid resin
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/56—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic macromolecular compound, e.g. an oligomeric, polymeric or dendrimeric molecule
    • A61K47/59—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic macromolecular compound, e.g. an oligomeric, polymeric or dendrimeric molecule obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. polyureas or polyurethanes
    • A61K47/60—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic macromolecular compound, e.g. an oligomeric, polymeric or dendrimeric molecule obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. polyureas or polyurethanes the organic macromolecular compound being a polyoxyalkylene oligomer, polymer or dendrimer, e.g. PEG, PPG, PEO or polyglycerol
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/56—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic macromolecular compound, e.g. an oligomeric, polymeric or dendrimeric molecule
    • A61K47/61—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic macromolecular compound, e.g. an oligomeric, polymeric or dendrimeric molecule the organic macromolecular compound being a polysaccharide or a derivative thereof
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/62—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being a protein, peptide or polyamino acid
    • A61K47/64—Drug-peptide, drug-protein or drug-polyamino acid conjugates, i.e. the modifying agent being a peptide, protein or polyamino acid which is covalently bonded or complexed to a therapeutically active agent
    • A61K47/643—Albumins, e.g. HSA, BSA, ovalbumin or a Keyhole Limpet Hemocyanin [KHL]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/18—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the parathyroid hormones
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/04—Antihaemorrhagics; Procoagulants; Haemostatic agents; Antifibrinolytic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/12—Antihypertensives
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00—Fusion polypeptide
    • C07K2319/31—Fusion polypeptide fusions, other than Fc, for prolonged plasma life, e.g. albumin

Definitions

  • Proteins, peptides and other drug molecules for therapeutic use are currently available in suitable forms in adequate quantities largely as a result of the advances in recombinant DNA technologies.
  • the availability of such peptides and proteins has engendered advances in protein formulation and chemical modification.
  • Chemical modification of biologically active peptides, proteins, oligonucleotides and other drugs for purposes of extending the serum half-life of such bioactive agents has been extensively studied. The ability to extend the serum half-life of such agents allows for the therapeutic potential of the agent to be realized without the need for high dosages and frequent administration.
  • Chemical modification used to extend the half-lives of proteins in vivo includes the chemical conjugation of a water soluble polymer, such as polyethylene glycol (PEG), to the protein of interest.
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • a variety of approaches have been used to attach the polyethylene glycol molecules to the protein (PEGylation).
  • Royer U.S. Pat. No. 4,002,531 states that reductive alkylation was used for attachment of polyethylene glycol molecules to an enzyme.
  • Davis et al. U.S. Pat. No. 4,179,337) disclose PEG:protein conjugates involving, for example, enzymes and insulin. Shaw (U.S. Pat. No.
  • Hakimi et al. disclose substantially non-immunogenic water soluble PEG:protein conjugates, involving for example, the proteins IL-2, interferon alpha, and IL-1ra.
  • the methods of Hakimi et al. involve the utilization of unique linkers to connect the various free amino groups in the protein to PEG.
  • Kinstler et al. (U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,824,784 and 5,985,265) teach methods allowing for selectively N-terminally chemically modified proteins and analogs thereof, including G-CSF and consensus interferon.
  • Transthyretin (formerly called prealbumin) is a 56 kDa tetrameric serum protein that plays important physiological roles as a transporter of thyroxine and retinol-binding protein; Hamilton and Benson, Cell. Mol. Life Sci., 58:1491-1521 (2001), and references cited therein.
  • TTR Transthyretin
  • Blaney et al. in U.S. Pat. No. 5,714,142, describe the exploitation of TTR by endowing the drug to be administered with functionality that allows it to bind specifically to the protein. Specifically, Blaney et al.
  • TTR or a TTR variant
  • a TTR or TTR variant which has been chemically modified via conjugation to a water soluble polymer e.g., can be used as a fusion partner with a biologically active agent to increase the serum half-life of the biologically active agent.
  • the present invention provides a means for increasing the serum half-life of a selected biologically active agent.
  • the present invention thus relates to substantially homogenous preparations of TTR (or a TTR variant)-biologically active agent fusions and PEG-TTR (PEG-TTR variant)-biologically active agent fusions.
  • TTR or a TTR variant
  • PEG-TTR PEG-TTR variant
  • the TTR-biologically active agent fusion and/or PEG-TTR-biologically active agent fusion has substantially increased serum half-life.
  • the present invention further relates to TTR-biologically active agent fusions and PEG-TTR-biologically active agent fusions, in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, to provide a pharmacologically active compound.
  • the present invention further relates to the preparation of TTR variants.
  • TTR proteins are modified such that cysteine residue(s) are engineered into the TTR protein sequence.
  • the TTR variants are recoverable in high yield and are then chemically modified via conjugation of a water soluble polymer at the cysteine residue to provide a chemically modified TTR variant which can then be fused to a selected biologically active agent.
  • the present invention further relates to processes for preparing pharmacologically active compounds.
  • the principal embodiment of the method for making the substantially homogenous preparation of a PEG-TTR-peptide fusion comprises: (a) engineering a cysteine residue into a specific amino acid position within the amino acid sequence of said TTR to provide a variant of said TTR; (b) conjugating a polyethylene glycol to said TTR variant at said cysteine residue to provide a PEG-TTR; (c) fusing said PEG-TTR to a peptide of interest to provide a PEG-TTR-peptide fusion; and (d) isolating said PEG-TTR-peptide fusion.
  • the present invention also relates to methods of treatment of individuals using the pharmacologically active compounds as above.
  • FIG. 1 is an SDS gel that depicts the purification of an E. coli expressed, recombinant human transthyretin (TTR) variant (C10A/G83C) with a Bradykinin peptide fused to the C-terminus of TTR.
  • Lane 1 contains Novex Mark 12 molecular weight standards, and lanes 2-7 contain the following respectively: cell lysate, post-heating supernatant, pool from Q-sepharose chromatography step, pool from phenyl sepharose chromatography step, pool from hydroxyapatite chromatography step, and pool from source Q chromatography step.
  • FIG. 2 demonstrates by size exclusion chromatography that fusion of peptides to the amino-terminus or carboxy-terminus of a TTR variant, TTR(C10A/G83C), does not alter its oligomeric structure.
  • Solid line is TTR(C10A/G83C)
  • dashed line is parathyroid hormone (PTH) fused to the amino-terminus of TTR(C10A/G83C)
  • the dotted line is Bradykinin fused to the carboxy-terminus of TTR(C10A/G83C).
  • FIG. 3 demonstrates by size exclusion chromatography that fusion of proteins to the amino-terminus or carboxy-terminus of a TTR variant, TTR(C10A), does not alter its oligomeric structure.
  • Solid line is TTR(C10A)
  • dashed line is IL-1-ra fused to the carboxy-terminus of TTR(C10A)
  • the dotted line is IL-1-ra fused to the amino-terminus of TTR(C10A).
  • FIG. 4 shows the binding observed using BIAcore of various TPO-mimetic peptide (TMP) constructs to human MPL receptor: ⁇ Fc-TMP, ⁇ TMP(m)-TTR, ⁇ TMP(m)-TTR-PEG5K, ⁇ TMP(m)-TTR-PEG20K.
  • TMP TPO-mimetic peptide
  • FIG. 5 shows that injection of TMP(m)-TTR-PEG5K induces platelet formation in mice.
  • the following symbols correspond to the corresponding constructs: ⁇ Carrier, ⁇ Fc-TMP, ⁇ TTR-TMP, ⁇ TMP(m)-TTR, and ⁇ TMP(m)-TTR-PEG5K.
  • FIG. 6 demonstrates by size exclusion chromatography that native TTR and TTR(C10A) maintain a similar oligomeric configuration (an apparent tetramer). Solid line is native TTR and the dashed line is TTR(C10A).
  • FIG. 7 demonstrates by size exclusion chromatography that conjugation of PEG to TTR increases its molecular size in a predictable uniform manner. Solid lines indicate no PEG conjugated, dashed lines indicate 5K PEG fused, and dotted lines indicate 20K PEG fused. The following constructs were used: A) TMP-TTR(C10A/A37C), B) TMP-TTR(C10A/D38C), C) TMP-TTR(C10A/A81C), and D) TMP-TTR(C10A/G83C).
  • FIG. 8 is an SDS gel that depicts the extent of pegylation of various TMP-TTR constructs involving TTR variants having a non-native cysteine engineered in at one of four different locations.
  • Lane 1 contains Novex Mark 12 molecular weight standards;
  • lane 2 is unpegylated TMP-TTR(C10A/A37C);
  • lanes 3-6 are 5K pegylated versions of TMP-TTR(C10A/A37C), TMP-TTR(C10A/D38C), TMP-TTR(C10A/A81C), and TMP-TTR(C10A/G83C) respectively;
  • lanes 7-10 are 20K pegylated versions of TMP-TTR(C10A/A37C), TMP-TTR(C10A/D38C), TMP-TTR(C10A/A81C), and TMP-TTR(C10A/G83C), respectively.
  • FIGS. 9 A-C compare the competitive binding of Fc-TMP and TMP-TTR to human MPL by BIAcore analysis.
  • FIGS. 10 A-C show that injection of TMP-TTR with PEG conjugated to engineered cysteines induces platelet formation in mice.
  • TTR(C10A), ⁇ Fc-TMP 5K pegylated versions of TMP-TTR(C10A/A37C) ( ⁇ ), TMP-TTR(C10A/D38C)( ⁇ ), TMP-TTR(C10A/A81C) ( ⁇ ), TMP-TTR(C10A/G83C)( ).
  • FIG. 11 shows that injection of PTH-TTR with PEG conjugated to engineered cysteines induces ionized calcium release in mice.
  • the following symbols correspond to the corresponding constructs: ⁇ TTR(C10A), ⁇ PTH-Fc, ⁇ PTH-TTR, ⁇ PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/A37C) (carboxamidomethylated), ⁇ 5K pegylated version of PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/A37C), 20K pegylated version of PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/A37C), z, 901 PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C) (carboxamidomethylated), 5K pegylated version of PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C), and 20K pegylated version of PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C).
  • FIG. 12 shows that injection of Glucagon-like Peptide 1 (GLP1)-TTR with PEG conjugated to engineered cysteines lowers blood glucose levels in mice.
  • GLP1-TTR Glucagon-like Peptide 1
  • the following symbols correspond to the corresponding constructs: ⁇ TTR(C10A), ⁇ GLP1-Fc, ⁇ GLPl-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C) (PEG 5K), and ⁇ GLP1-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C) (PEG 20K).
  • FIG. 13 shows that injection of TMP-TTR conjugates with fused CH2 domains increase serum platelet levels in mice.
  • the following symbols correspond to the corresponding constructs: ⁇ TTR(C10A), ⁇ Fc-TMP, A TMP-TTR(C10A)-CH2, ⁇ TTR(C10A)-CH2-TMP, and ⁇ TMP-CH2-TTR(C10A).
  • FIG. 14 shows that injection of and carboxy-terminal fusions of TMP with pegylated TTR increases blood platelet counts in mice.
  • the following symbols correspond to the corresponding constructs: ⁇ TTR(C10A), ⁇ Fc-TMP, ⁇ TTR(C10A/K15A/A37C)-TMP (PEG 20K), ⁇ TTR(C10A/K15A/A81C)-TMP (PEG 20K), ⁇ TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C)-TMP (PEG 20K), TMP-TTR(C10A/K15A/A37C) (PEG 20K), TMP-TTR(C10A/K15A/A81C) (PEG 20K), TMP-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C) (PEG 20K).
  • FIGS. 15 A-C show that injection of pegylated TMP-TTR fusions containing a K15A alteration increases blood platelet counts in mice.
  • the following symbols correspond to the corresponding constructs: A) ⁇ TTR(C10A), ⁇ Fc-TMP, ⁇ TMP-TTR(C10A/K15A/A37C) (carboxyamidomethylated), and ⁇ TMP-TTR(C10A/K15A/A81C) (carboxyamidomethylated); B) ⁇ TTR(C10A), ⁇ Fc-TMP, ⁇ TMP-TTR(C10A/K15A/A37C) (PEG 5K), ⁇ TMP-TTR(C10A/K15A/A81C) (PEG 5K), and ⁇ TMP-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C) (PEG 5K); C) ⁇ TTR(C10A), ⁇ Fc-TMP, ⁇ F
  • biologically active agent refers to any chemical material or compound useful for prophylactic, therapeutic or diagnostic application.
  • pharmaceutically active compound refers to a compound suitable for administration to a mammalian, preferably a human individual, which induces a desired local or systemic effect.
  • peptide refers to a type of biologically active agents, and the terms are used interchangeably herein to refer to a naturally occurring, recombinantly produced or chemically synthesized polymer of amino acids.
  • the terms are intended to include peptide molecules containing as few as 2 amino acids, chemically modified polypeptides, consensus molecules, analogs, derivatives or combinations thereof.
  • peptides may be used in conjunction with the present invention.
  • peptides that mimic the activity of erythropoietin (EPO), thrombopoietin (TPO), Glucagon-like Peptide 1 (GLP-1), parathyroid hormone (PTH), granulocyte-colony stimulating factor (G-CSF), granulocyte macrophage-colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF), interleukin-1 receptor antagonist (IL-1ra), leptin, cytotoxic T-lymphocyte antigen 4 (CTLA4), TNF-related apoptosis-inducing ligand (TRAIL), tumor growth factor-alpha and beta (TGF- ⁇ and TGF- ⁇ , respectively), and growth hormones.
  • EPO erythropoietin
  • TPO thrombopoietin
  • GLP-1 parathyroid hormone
  • G-CSF granulocyte-colony stimulating factor
  • GM-CSF granulocyte macrophag
  • -mimetic peptide and “-agonist peptide” refer to a peptide having biological activity comparable to a protein (e.g., GLP-1, PTH, EPO, TPO, G-CSF, etc.) that interacts with a protein of interest. These terms further include peptides that indirectly mimic the activity of a protein of interest, such as by potentiating the effects of the natural ligand of the protein of interest.
  • EPO-mimetic peptide comprises any peptides that can be identified or derived as having EPO-mimetic subject matter; see, for example, Wrighton et al., Science, 273:458-63 (1996); and Naranda et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 96:7569-74 (1999).
  • TPO-mimetic peptide comprises peptides that can be identified or derived as having TPO-mimetic subject matter; see, for example, Cwirla et al., Science, 276:1696-9 (1997); U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,869,451 and 5,932,946; and PCT WO 00/24782 (Liu et al, and references cited therein), hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Those of ordinary skill in the art appreciate that each of these references enables one to select different peptides than actually disclosed therein by following the disclosed procedures with different peptide libraries.
  • G-CSF-mimetic peptide comprises any peptides that can be identified as having G-CSF-mimetic subject matter; see, for example, Paukovits et al., Hoppe - Seylers Z. Physiol. Chem. 365:303-11 (1984). Those of ordinary skill in the art appreciate that each of these references enables one to select different peptides than actually disclosed therein by following the disclosed procedures with different peptide libraries.
  • CTLA4-mimetic peptide comprises any peptides that can be identified or derived as described in Fukumoto et al., Nature Biotech. 16:267-70 (1998). Those of ordinary skill in the art appreciate that each of these references enables one to select different peptides than actually disclosed therein by following the disclosed procedures with different peptide libraries.
  • Peptide antagonists are also of interest, particularly those antagonistic to the activity of TNF, leptin, any of the interleukins, and proteins involved in complement activation (e.g., C3b).
  • the term “-antagonist peptide” or “inhibitor peptide” refers to a peptide that blocks or in some way interferes with the biological activity of the associated protein of interest, or has biological activity comparable to a known antagonist or inhibitor of the associated protein of interest.
  • the term “TNF-antagonist peptide” comprises peptides that can be identified or derived as having TNF-antagonistic subject matter; see, foe example, Takasaki et al., Nature Biotech., 15:1266-70 (1997).
  • IL-1 antagonist and “IL-1ra-mimetic peptide” comprises peptides that inhibit or down-regulate activation of the IL-1 receptor by IL-1.
  • IL-1 receptor activation results from formation of a complex among IL-1, IL-1 receptor, and IL-1 receptor accessory protein.
  • IL-1 antagonist or IL-1ra-mimetic peptides bind to IL-1, IL-1 receptor, or IL-1 receptor accessory protein and obstruct complex formation among any two or three components of the complex.
  • Exemplary IL-1 antagonist or IL-1ra-mimetic peptides can be identified or derived as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,608,035, 5,786,331, 5,880,096. Those of ordinary skill in the art appreciate that each of these references enables one to select different peptides than actually disclosed therein by following the disclosed procedures with different peptide libraries.
  • VEGF-antagonist peptide comprises peptides that can be identified or derived as having VEGF-antagonistic subject matter; see, for example, Fairbrother, Biochem., 37:17754-64 (1998). Those of ordinary skill in the art appreciate that each of these references enables one to select different peptides than actually disclosed therein by following the disclosed procedures with different peptide libraries.
  • MMP inhibitor peptide comprises peptides that can be identified or derived as having MMP inhibitory subject matter; see, for example, Koivunen, Nature Biotech., 17:768-74 (1999). Those of ordinary skill in the art appreciate that each of these references enables one to select different peptides than actually disclosed therein by following the disclosed procedures with different peptide libraries.
  • Targeting peptides are also of interest, including tumor-homing peptides, membrane-transporting peptides, and the like.
  • Exemplary peptides may be randomly generated by various techniques known in the art.
  • solid phase synthesis techniques are well known in the art, and include those described in Merrifield, Chem. Polypeptides, pp. 335-61 (Katsoyannis and Panayotis eds.)(1973); Merrifield, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 85:2149 (1963); Davis et al., Biochem. Intl., 10:394-414 (1985); Stewart and Young, Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis (1969); U.S. Pat. No.
  • Solid phase synthesis is the preferred technique of making individual peptides since it is the most cost-effective method of making small peptides.
  • Phage display is another useful method in generating peptides for use in the present invention. It has been stated that affinity selection from libraries of random peptides can be used to identify peptide ligands for any site of any gene product; Dedman et al., J. Biol. Chem., 268:23025-30 (1993). Phage display is particularly well suited for identifying peptides that bind to such proteins of interest as cell surface receptors or any proteins having linear epitopes; Wilson et al., Can. J. Microbiol., 44:313-29 (1998); Kay et al., Drug Disc. Today, 3:370-8 (1998). Such proteins are extensively reviewed in Herz et al., J. Receptor & Signal Transduction Res., 17(5):671-776 (1997), which is hereby incorporated by reference.
  • the peptides may also be made in transformed host cells using recombinant DNA techniques. To do so, a recombinant DNA molecule coding for the peptide is prepared. Methods of preparing such DNA and/or RNA molecules are well known in the art. For instance, sequences coding for the peptides could be excised from DNA using suitable restriction enzymes. The relevant sequences can be created using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) with the inclusion of useful restriction sites for subsequent cloning. Alternatively, the DNA/RNA molecule could be synthesized using chemical synthesis techniques, such as the phosphoramidite method. Also, a combination of these techniques could be used.
  • Additional biologically active agents contemplated for use include recombinant or naturally occurring proteins, whether human or animal, hormones, cytokines, hematopoietic factors, growth factors, antiobesity factors, trophic factors, anti-inflammatory factors, and enzymes.
  • proteins would include but are not limited to interferons (see, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,372,808, 5,541,293 4,897,471, and 4,695,623 hereby incorporated by reference including drawings), interleukins (see, U.S. Pat. No. 5,075,222, hereby incorporated by reference including drawings), erythropoietins (see, U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • IL-1ra interleukin-1 receptor antagonist
  • OB protein leptin
  • biologically active agents can also include but are not limited to insulin, gastrin, prolactin, adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH), thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH), luteinizing hormone (LH), follicle stimulating hormone (FSH), human chorionic gonadotropin (HCG), motilin, interferons (alpha, beta, gamma), interleukins (IL-1 to IL-12), tumor necrosis factor (TNF), tumor necrosis factor-binding protein (TNF-bp), brain derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF), glial derived neurotrophic factor (GDNF), neurotrophic factor 3 (NT3), fibroblast growth factors (FGF), neurotrophic growth factor (NGF), bone growth factors such as osteoprotegerin (OPG), insulin-like growth factors (IGFs), macrophage colony stimulating factor (M-CSF), granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF), megakaryocyte derived growth factor (MGDF
  • Transthyretin contemplated for use in the present invention will have the DNA and amino acid sequences of TTR as reported in Mita et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun., 124(2):558-564 (1984). These sequences have been deposited in Genbank as accession number K02091.
  • the 127 amino acid TTR sequence used herein does not include the signal sequence (amino acids 1-20) of the K02091 sequence and is depicted below as SEQ ID NO:1.
  • TTR variant refers to a molecule or sequence that is a modified form of a native TTR.
  • a native TTR comprises sites that may be removed because they provide structural features or biological activity that are not required for the fusion molecules of the present invention.
  • TR variant comprises a molecule or sequence that lacks one or more native TTR sites or residues or that has had one or more native TTR sites or residues replaced with a different amino acid or that has had one or more residues added to the sequence.
  • TTR variant wherein the Alanine residue at amino acid sequence position 37 has been replaced with a Cysteine residue
  • TTR variant A37C
  • TTR variant A37C/G83C
  • a TTR or TTR variant fused to a biologically active agent may be fused to a third protein or protein fragment that further stabilizes the TTR-biologically active agent fusion protein, and thereby increases the half-life of the resulting fusion in serum.
  • additional proteins or fragments thereof that can be used in such methods and compositions include the Fc domain or CH2 domain of an immunoglobulin, or any other protein domain that one of skill in the art would recognize as having properties that would increase protein stability (see, e.g., Example 29 below).
  • Such protein groups can be fused to the carboxy or amino terminus of the TTR-biologically active agent fusion protein, or can be placed between the TTR and the biologically active agent. It is contemplated that linkers or spacers can be placed, as needed, between each of the domains of the fusion protein to facilitate their desired activity.
  • the TTR or TTR variant of the invention can be chemically crosslinked to the biologically active agent.
  • Cross-linking of proteins can be performed by using, for example, N-succinimidyl 3-(2-pyridyldithio) propionate (SPDP) according to established, published procedures. Additional cross-linking agents are readily available and can be identified by one of skill in the art. For details on the above procedure, see, e.g., Karpovsky et al, J. Exp. Med. 160, 1686-1701 (1984); Perez et al, Nature, 316, 354-356 (1985) or Titus et al, Journal of Immunology, 139, 3153-3158 (1987).
  • a molecule can be covalently linked to the fusion protein such that stability and/or half-life in serum are increased.
  • a preferred TTR or TTR variant may be chemically modified using water soluble polymers such as polyethylene glycol (PEG).
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • the PEG group may be of any convenient molecular weight and may be straight chain or branched.
  • the average molecular weight of the PEG will preferably range from about 2 kDa to about 100 kDa, more preferably from about 5 kDa to about 50 kDa, most preferably about 20 kDa.
  • the PEG groups will generally be attached to the compounds of the invention via acylation, reductive alkylation, Michael addition, thiol alkylation or other chemoselective conjugation/ligation methods through a reactive group on the peg moiety (e.g., an aldehyde, amino, ester, thiol, -haloacetyl, maleimido or hydrazino group) to a reactive group on the target compound (e.g., an aldehyde, amino, ester, thiol, haloacetyl, maleimido or hydrazino group).
  • a reactive group on the peg moiety e.g., an aldehyde, amino, ester, thiol, -haloacetyl, maleimido or hydrazino group
  • a reactive group on the target compound e.g., an aldehyde, amino, ester, thiol, haloacetyl, male
  • water soluble polymers used include copolymers of ethylene glycol/propylene glycol, carboxymethylcellulose, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, poly-1,3-dioxolane, poly-1,3,6-trioxane, ethylene/maleic anhydride copolymer, polyaminoacids (either homopolymers or random copolymers), and dextran.
  • a DNA molecule encoding the peptide of interest, protein of interest, TTR or TTR variant can be prepared using well known recombinant DNA technology methods such as those set forth in Sambrook et al. ( Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. [1989]) and/or Ausubel et al., eds, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Green Publishers Inc. and Wiley and Sons, NY (1994).
  • a gene or cDNA encoding the protein of interest or fragment thereof may be obtained for example by screening a genomic or cDNA library with a suitable probe.
  • Suitable probes include, for example, oligonucleotides, cDNA fragments, or genomic DNA fragments, that are expected to have some homology to the gene encoding the protein of interest, such that the probe will hybridize with the gene encoding the protein of interest under selected hybridization conditions.
  • An alternate means of screening a DNA library is by polymerase chain reaction “PCR” amplification of the gene encoding the protein of interest. PCR is typically accomplished using oligonucleotide “primers” which have a sequence that is believed to have sufficient homology to the gene to be amplified such that at least a sufficient portion of the primer will hybridize with the gene.
  • a gene encoding the peptide of interest or protein of interest may be prepared by chemical synthesis using methods well known to the skilled artisan such as those described by Engels et al., Angew. Chem. Intl. Ed., 28:716-734 (1989). These methods include, inter alia, the phosphotriester, phosphoramidite, and H-phosphonate methods for nucleic acid synthesis. A preferred method for such chemical synthesis is polymer-supported synthesis using standard phosphoramidite chemistry.
  • the DNA encoding the protein of interest will be several hundred nucleotides in length. Nucleic acids larger than about 100 nucleotides can be synthesized as several fragments using these methods.
  • the fragments can then be ligated together to form a gene coding for the full length protein of interest.
  • the DNA fragment encoding the amino terminus of the polypeptide will have an ATG, which encodes a methionine residue.
  • This methionine may or may not be present on the mature form of the protein of interest.
  • the methionine can be removed inside the cell or during the process of secretion.
  • Preferred TTR polypeptides may include TTR with the nucleic acid sequence altered to optimize expression in E. coli and to introduce convenient restriction sites. A general discussion of codon optimization for expression in E. coli is described in Kane, Curr. Opin. Biotechnol., 6:494-500 (1995).
  • the genes encoding the protein of interest and the TTR polypeptide may be modified using standard methods to create restriction endonuclease sites at the 5′ and/or 3′ ends. Creation of the restriction sites permits the genes to be properly inserted into amplification and/or expression vectors. Addition of restriction sites is typically accomplished using PCR, where one primer of each PCR reaction typically contains, inter alia, the nucleotide sequence of the desired restriction site.
  • the gene or cDNA encoding the peptide of interest, or protein of interest can be inserted into an appropriate expression vector for expression in a host cell.
  • the vector is selected to be functional in the particular host cell employed (i.e., the vector is compatible with the host cell machinery such that amplification and/or expression of the gene encoding the protein of interest can occur).
  • the vectors used in any of the host cells will contain a promoter (also referred to as a “5′ flanking sequence”) and other regulatory elements as well such as an enhancer(s), an origin of replication element, a transcriptional termination element, a ribosome binding site element, a polylinker region for inserting the nucleic acid encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, and a selectable marker element.
  • a promoter also referred to as a “5′ flanking sequence”
  • other regulatory elements such as an enhancer(s), an origin of replication element, a transcriptional termination element, a ribosome binding site element, a polylinker region for inserting the nucleic acid encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, and a selectable marker element.
  • the vector may contain a “tag” DNA sequence, i.e., an oligonucleotide sequence located at either the 5′ or 3′ end of the fusion DNA construct.
  • the tag DNA encodes a molecule such as hexaHis, c-myc, FLAG (Invitrogen, San Diego, Calif.) or another small immunogenic sequence. When placed in the proper reading frame, this tag will be expressed along with the fusion protein, and can serve as an affinity tag for purification of the fusion protein from the host cell. Optionally, the tag can subsequently be removed from the purified fusion protein by various means such as using a selected peptidase for example.
  • the promoter may be homologous (i.e., from the same species and/or strain as the host cell), heterologous (i.e., from a species other than the host cell species or strain), hybrid (i.e., a combination of promoters from more than one source), synthetic, or it may be the native protein of interest promoter. Further, the promoter may be a constitutive or an inducible promoter. As such, the source of the promoter may be any unicellular prokaryotic or eukaryotic organism, any vertebrate or invertebrate organism, or any plant, provided that the promoter is functional in, and can be activated by, the host cell machinery.
  • the promoters useful in the vectors of this invention may be obtained by any of several methods well known in the art. Typically, promoters useful herein will have been previously identified by mapping and/or by restriction endonuclease digestion and can thus be isolated from the proper tissue source using the appropriate restriction endonucleases. In some cases, the full nucleotide sequence of the promoter may be known. Here, the promoter may be synthesized using the methods described above for nucleic acid synthesis or cloning.
  • the complete promoter may be obtained using PCR and/or by screening a genomic library with suitable oligonucleotide and/or 5′ flanking sequence fragments from the same or another species.
  • Suitable promoters for practicing this invention are inducible promoters such as the lux promoter, the lac promoter, the arabinose promoter, the trp promoter, the tac promoter, the tna promoter, synthetic lambda promoters (from bacteriophage lambda), and the T5 or T7 promoters.
  • Preferred promoters include the lux, and lac promoters.
  • the origin of replication element is typically a part of prokaryotic expression vectors whether purchased commercially or constructed by the user. In some cases, amplification of the vector to a certain copy number can be important for optimal expression of the protein or polypeptide of interest. In other cases, a constant copy number is preferred. In any case, a vector with an origin of replication that fulfills the requirements can be readily selected by the skilled artisan. If the vector of choice does not contain an origin of replication site, one may be chemically synthesized based on a known sequence, and ligated into the vector.
  • the transcription termination element is typically located 3′ of the end of the fusion protein DNA construct, and serves to terminate transcription of the RNA message coding for the fusion polypeptide.
  • the transcription termination element in prokaryotic cells is a G-C rich fragment followed by a poly T sequence. While the element is easily cloned from a library or even purchased commercially as part of a vector, it can also be readily synthesized using methods for nucleic acid synthesis such as those described above.
  • Expression vectors typically contain a gene coding for a selectable marker. This gene encodes a protein necessary for the survival and growth of a host cell grown in a selective culture medium. Typical selection marker genes encode proteins that (a) confer resistance to antibiotics or other toxins, e.g., ampicillin, tetracycline, chloramphenicol, or kanamycin for prokaryotic host cells, (b) complement auxotrophic deficiencies of the cell; or (c) supply critical nutrients not available from complex media.
  • Preferred selectable markers are the kanamycin resistance gene, the ampicillin resistance gene, the chloramphenicol resistance gene, and the tetracycline resistance gene.
  • the ribosome binding element commonly called the Shine-Dalgarno sequence in prokaryotes, is necessary for the initiation of translation of mRNA.
  • the element is typically located 3′ to the promoter and 5′ to the coding sequence of the fusion protein DNA construct.
  • the Shine-Dalgarno sequence is varied but is typically a polypurine (i.e., having a high A-G content). Many Shine-Dalgarno sequences have been identified, each of which can be readily synthesized using methods set forth above and used in a prokaryotic vector.
  • Each element may be individually ligated into the vector by cutting the vector with the appropriate restriction endonuclease(s) such that the ends of the element to be ligated in and the ends of the vector are compatible for ligation.
  • two or more of the elements to be inserted into the vector may first be ligated together (if they are to be positioned adjacent to each other) and then ligated into the vector.
  • Another method for constructing the vector is to conduct all ligations of the various elements simultaneously in one reaction mixture.
  • many nonsense or nonfunctional vectors may be generated due to improper ligation or insertion of the elements, however the functional vector may be identified by expression of the selectable marker.
  • Proper sequence of the ligation product can be confirmed by digestion with restriction endonucleases or by DNA sequencing.
  • the completed vector may be inserted into a suitable host cell for fusion protein expression.
  • Host cells suitable for the present invention are bacterial cells.
  • E. coli e.g., HB101, JM109, DH5 ⁇ , DH10, and MC1061
  • the choice of bacterial strain is typically made so that the strain and the expression vector to be used are compatible.
  • Various strains of B. subtilis , Pseudomonas spp., other Bacillus spp., Streptomyces spp., and the like may also be employed in practicing this invention in conjunction with appropriate expression vectors.
  • Insertion also referred to as “transformation” or “transfection” of the vector into the selected host cell may be accomplished using such methods as calcium phosphate precipitation or electroporation.
  • the method selected will in part be a function of the type of host cell to be used.
  • the host cells containing the vector may be cultured using one or more standard media well known to the skilled artisan.
  • the selected medium will typically contain all nutrients necessary for the growth and survival of the host cells.
  • Suitable media for culturing E. coli cells are, for example, Luria broth (“LB”), YT broth, SOB, SOC, and/or Terrific Broth (“TB”).
  • the DNA construct encoding the fusion protein which comprises the TTR gene, the gene encoding the peptide or protein of interest, and, optionally, a DNA molecule encoding a linker peptide which is located between the two genes.
  • the TTR gene and gene encoding the protein of interest can be ligated together in either orientation (e.g., TTR gene at the 5′ or 3′ end of the construct).
  • a linker DNA molecule is to be included, it can first be ligated to one of the fusion partner genes, and that construct can then be ligated to the other fusion partner gene. Ligations are typically accomplished using DNA ligase enzyme in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
  • a separate procedure provides for first ligating one fusion partner gene into the selected vector, after which the other fusion partner gene can be ligated into the vector in a position that is either 3′ or 5′ to the first fusion partner gene.
  • the linker DNA molecule may be ligated to either fusion partner gene either before or after that gene has been ligated into the vector.
  • the TTR-TMPs of the present invention can be used to treat conditions generally known as those that involve an existing megakaryocyte/platelet deficiency or an expected megakaryocyte/platelet deficiency (e.g., because of planned surgery or platelet donation). Such conditions will usually be the result of a deficiency (temporary or permanent) of active Mp1 ligand in vivo.
  • the generic term for platelet deficiency is thrombocytopenia, and hence the methods and compositions of the present invention are generally available for treating thrombocytopenia in patients in need thereof.
  • Thrombocytopenia may be present for various reasons, including chemotherapy and other therapy with a variety of drugs, radiation therapy, surgery, accidental blood loss, and other specific disease conditions.
  • Exemplary specific disease conditions that involve thrombocytopenia and may be treated in accordance with this invention are: aplastic anemia, idiopathic thrombocytopenia, metastatic tumors which result in thrombocytopenia, systemic lupus erythematosus, splenomegaly, Fanconi's syndrome, vitamin B12 deficiency, folic acid deficiency, May-Hegglin anomaly, Wiskott-Aldrich syndrome, and paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria.
  • certain treatments for AIDS result in thrombocytopenia (e.g., AZT).
  • Certain wound healing disorders might also benefit from an increase in platelet numbers.
  • a compound of the present invention could be administered several days to several hours prior to the need for platelets.
  • a compound of this invention could be administered along with blood or purified platelets.
  • the TMP compounds of this invention may also be useful in stimulating certain cell types other than megakaryocytes if such cells are found to express Mpl receptor. Conditions associated with such cells that express the Mpl receptor, which are responsive to stimulation by the Mpl ligand, are also within the scope of this invention.
  • the TMP compounds of this invention may be used in any situation in which production of platelets or platelet precursor cells is desired, or in which stimulation of the c-Mpl receptor is desired.
  • the compounds of this invention may be used to treat any condition in a mammal wherein there is a need of platelets, megakaryocytes, and the like. Such conditions are described in detail in the following exemplary sources: WO95/26746; WO95/21919; WO95/18858; WO95/21920 and are incorporated herein.
  • the TMP compounds of this invention may also be useful in maintaining the viability or storage life of platelets and/or megakaryocytes and related cells. Accordingly, it could be useful to include an effective amount of one or more such compounds in a composition containing such cells.
  • compositions and compounds of the present invention may also be employed, alone or in combination with other cytokines, soluble Mpl receptor, hematopoietic factors, interleukins, growth factors or antibodies in the treatment of disease states characterized by other symptoms as well as platelet deficiencies. It is anticipated that the inventive compound will prove useful in treating some forms of thrombocytopenia in combination with general stimulators of hematopoiesis, such as IL-3 or GM-CSF.
  • megakaryocytic stimulatory factors i.e., meg-CSF, stem cell factor (SCF), leukemia inhibitory factor (LIF), oncostatin M (OSM), or other molecules with megakaryocyte stimulating activity may also be employed with Mpl ligand.
  • SCF stem cell factor
  • LIF leukemia inhibitory factor
  • OSM oncostatin M
  • Additional exemplary cytokines or hematopoietic factors for such co-administration include IL-1 alpha, IL-1 beta, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-11, colony stimulating factor-1 (CSF-1), SCF, GM-CSF, granulocyte colony stimulating factor (G-CSF), EPO, interferon-alpha (IFN-alpha), consensus interferon, IFN-beta, or IFN-gamma. It may further be useful to administer, either simultaneously or sequentially, an effective amount of a soluble mammalian Mpl receptor, which appears to have an effect of causing megakaryocytes to fragment into platelets once the megakaryocytes have reached mature form.
  • administering to enhance the number of mature megakaryocytes
  • administration of the soluble Mpl receptor to inactivate the ligand and allow the mature megakaryocytes to produce platelets
  • the appropriate dosage would be adjusted to compensate for such additional components in the therapeutic composition. Progress of the treated patient can be monitored by conventional methods.
  • NIDDM non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus
  • NIDDM non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus
  • NPDDM non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus
  • a TTR-GLP1 fusion protein as described herein can be used to treat conditions generally known to involve non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM), which is also known as type II diabetes.
  • NIDDM non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus
  • any GLP-1 peptide can be used to generate fusion proteins of the invention, as long as the GLP-1 fusion protein is capable of binding and inducing a signal through it's cognate receptor. Receptor binding and activation can be measured by standard assays (U.S. Pat. No. 5,120,712).
  • the dose of fusion protein effective to normalize a patient's blood glucose will depend on a number of factors among which are included the subject's weight, age, severity of their inability to regulate blood glucose, the route of administration, the bioavailability, the pharmokinetic profile of the fusion protein and the formulation as is discussed more fully below.
  • the therapeutic methods, compositions and compounds of the present invention may also be employed, alone or in combination with other diabetes treatments, including but not limited to insulin, DPPIV-inhibitors and the like.
  • the dosage of the GLP-1 fusion protein would be adjusted to compensate for such additional components in the therapeutic composition.
  • Progress of the treated patient can be monitored by conventional methods, such as, for example, the monitoring of blood glucose levels.
  • the present invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions of the inventive compounds.
  • Such pharmaceutical compositions may be for administration for injection, or for oral, nasal, transdermal or other forms of administration, including, e.g., by intravenous, intradermal, intramuscular, intramammary, intraperitoneal, intrathecal, intraocular, retrobulbar, intrapulmonary (e.g., aerosolized drugs) or subcutaneous injection (including depot administration for long term release); by sublingual, anal, vaginal, or by surgical implantation, e.g., embedded under the splenic capsule, brain, or in the cornea.
  • the treatment may consist of a single dose or a plurality of doses over a period of time.
  • compositions comprising effective amounts of a compound of the invention together with pharmaceutically acceptable diluents, preservatives, stabilizers, solubilizers, emulsifiers, adjuvants and/or carriers.
  • compositions include diluents of various buffer content (e.g., Tris-HCl, acetate, phosphate, citrate, etc.), pH and ionic strength; additives such as detergents and solubilizing agents (e.g., Tween 80, Polysorbate 80, etc.), anti-oxidants (e.g., ascorbic acid, sodium metabisulfite), preservatives (e.g., Thimersol, benzyl alcohol) and bulking substances (e.g., lactose, mannitol); incorporation of the material into particulate preparations of polymeric compounds such as polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid, etc. or into liposomes.
  • buffer content e.g., Tris-HCl, acetate, phosphate, citrate, etc.
  • additives e.g., Tween 80, Polysorbate 80, etc.
  • anti-oxidants e.g., ascorbic acid, sodium metabisulfite
  • Hyaluronic acid may also be used, and this may have the effect of promoting sustained duration in the circulation.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions optionally may include still other pharmaceutically acceptable liquid, semisolid, or solid diluents that serve as pharmaceutical vehicles, excipients, or media, including but are not limited to, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, magnesium stearate, methyl- and propylhydroxybenzoate, starches, sucrose, dextrose, gum acacia, calcium phosphate, mineral oil, cocoa butter, and oil of theobroma.
  • Such compositions may influence the physical state, stability, rate of in vivo release, and rate of in vivo clearance of the present proteins and derivatives.
  • compositions may be prepared in liquid form, or may be in dried powder, such as lyophilized form.
  • Implantable sustained release formulations are also contemplated, as are transdermal formulations.
  • Controlled release formulation may be desirable.
  • the drug could be incorporated into an inert matrix which permits release by either diffusion or leaching mechanisms e.g., gums.
  • Slowly degenerating matrices may also be incorporated into the formulation, e.g., alginates, polysaccharides.
  • Another form of a controlled release of this therapeutic is by a method based on the Oros therapeutic system (Alza Corp.), i.e., the drug is enclosed in a semipermeable membrane which allows water to enter and push drug out through a single small opening due to osmotic effects. Some enteric coatings also have a delayed release effect.
  • pulmonary delivery of the present protein is delivered to the lungs of a mammal while inhaling and traverses across the lung epithelial lining to the blood stream.
  • Contemplated for use in the practice of this invention are a wide range of mechanical devices designed for pulmonary delivery of therapeutic products, including but not limited to nebulizers, metered dose inhalers, and powder inhalers, all of which are familiar to those skilled in the art.
  • Some specific examples of commercially available devices suitable for the practice of this invention are the Ultravent nebulizer, manufactured by Mallinckrodt, Inc., St. Louis, Mo.; the Acorn II nebulizer, manufactured by Marquest Medical Products, Englewood, Colorado; the Ventolin metered dose inhaler, manufactured by Glaxo Inc., Research Triangle Park, North Carolina; and the Spinhaler powder inhaler, manufactured by Fisons Corp., Bedford, Mass.
  • each formulation is specific to the type of device employed and may involve the use of an appropriate propellant material, in addition to diluents, adjuvants and/or carriers useful in therapy.
  • inventive compound should most advantageously be prepared in particulate form with an average particle size of less than 10 ⁇ m (or microns), most preferably 0.5 to 5 ⁇ m, for most effective delivery to the distal lung.
  • Carriers include carbohydrates such as trehalose, mannitol, xylitol, sucrose, lactose, and sorbitol. Other ingredients for use in formulations may include DPPC, DOPE, DSPC and DOPC. Natural or synthetic surfactants may be used. Polyethylene glycol may be used (even apart from its use in derivatizing the protein or analog). Dextrans, such as cyclodextran, may be used. Bile salts and other related enhancers may be used. Cellulose and cellulose derivatives may be used. Amino acids may be used, such as use in a buffer formulation.
  • the dosage regimen involved in a method for treating the above-described conditions will be determined by the attending physician, considering various factors which modify the action of drugs, e.g. the age, condition, body weight, sex and diet of the patient, the severity of any infection, time of administration and other clinical factors.
  • the dose should be in the range of 0.1 ⁇ g to 100 mg of the inventive compound per kilogram of body weight per day, preferably 0.1 to 1000 ⁇ g/kg; and more preferably 0.1 to 150 ⁇ g/kg, given in daily doses or in equivalent doses at longer or shorter intervals, e.g., every other day, twice weekly, weekly, or twice or three times daily.
  • inventive compounds may be administered by an initial bolus followed by a continuous infusion to maintain therapeutic circulating levels of drug product.
  • the inventive compounds may be administered as a one-time dose.
  • Those of ordinary skill in the art will readily optimize effective dosages and administration regimens as determined by good medical practice and the clinical condition of the individual patient. The frequency of dosing will depend on the pharmacokinetic parameters of the agents and the route of administration.
  • the optimal pharmaceutical formulation will be determined by one skilled in the art depending upon the route of administration and desired dosage. See for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Ed. (1990, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa. 18042) pages 1435-1712, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
  • a suitable dose may be calculated according to body weight, body surface area or organ size.
  • Appropriate dosages may be ascertained through use of established assays for determining serum levels in conjunction with appropriate dose-response data.
  • the final dosage regimen will be determined by the attending physician, considering various factors which modify the action of drugs, e.g. the drug's specific activity, the severity of the damage and the responsiveness of the patient, the age, condition, body weight, sex and diet of the patient, the severity of any infection, time of administration and other clinical factors. As studies are conducted, further information will emerge regarding the appropriate dosage levels and duration of treatment for various diseases and conditions.
  • TTR human transthyretin
  • the expression plasmid pAMG21 is available from the ATCC under accession number 98113, which was deposited on Jul. 24, 1996 (see PCT WO 97/23614, published Jul. 3, 1997 for a description of pAMG21). DNA sequence coding for TTR, TTR variants or TTR-peptide fusions was placed under control of the LuxPR promoter in pAMG21.
  • the bacterial host GM221 is an E.coli K-12 strain that has been modified to contain both the temperature sensitive lambda repressor c1857s7 in the early ebg region and the lacI Q repressor in the late ebg region (68 minutes). The presence of these two repressor genes allows the use of this host with a variety of expression systems, however both of these repressors are irrelevant to the expression from luxP R . The untransformed host has no antibiotic resistances.
  • the ribosomal binding site of the cI857s7 gene has been modified to include an enhanced RBS.
  • F′tet/GM101 was then modified by the delivery of a lacI Q construct into the ebg operon between nucleotide position 2493 and 2937 as numbered in the Genbank accession number M64441 Gb_Ba with the deletion of the intervening ebg sequence.
  • the construct was delivered to the chromosome using a recombinant phage called AGebg-lacI Q #5 into F′tet/GM101. After recombination and resolution only the chromosomal insert described above remains in the cell. It was renamed F′tet/GM221.
  • the F′tet episome was cured from the strain using acridine orange at a concentration of 25 ⁇ g/ml in LB. The cured strain was identified as tetracyline sensitive and was stored as GM221.
  • Oligonucleotides (1.0 nm each) were synthesized by phosphoramidite method. Nucleotides were, in some cases, altered for optimized expression in E. coli . These codon changes did not result in changes in the amino acid sequence. Each of the oligonucleotides utilized in this example are listed in Table 1.
  • PCR was performed with the Expand Long Polymerase according to the manufacturer's protocol (Boehringer Mannheim). PCR products were verified by agarose gel electrophoresis, purified and digested with Nde1 and Xho1 (New England Biolabs). Expression vector pAMG21 was digested in the same manner and then treated with calf intestinal phosphatase (Boehringer Mannheim). The vector and insert were purified from an agarose gel, then mixed and ligated by T4 DNA ligase (New England Biolabs). Ligation was done at 4° C. for 2 hrs.
  • Each ligation mixture was transformed by electroporation into the host strain GM221 described above with a Biorad GenePulser (Biorad Laboratories) using 2.5V, 25 uFD, and 200 ohms in a cuvette with a gap length of about 2 mm. After electroporation, the cells were allowed to recover in 1 ml of Luria broth (LB) for about one hour at 37° C. with gentle shaking. The entire transformation mix was plated on LB agar containing 50 ug/ml kanamycin. Colonies were screened for presence of the desired molecular weight by PCR using oligonucleotides directed against flanking vector sequence. The PCR products were evaluated by agarose gel electrophoresis. Positive clones were further screened for the ability to produce the recombinant protein product and finally verified by nucleotide sequencing.
  • LB Luria broth
  • TTR DNA and amino acid sequences of TTR are known (Mita, S et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 124 (2), 558-564 [1984]). These sequences have been deposited in Genbank as accession number K02091. The cDNA of native TTR excluding the signal peptide was cloned from a cDNA library derived from human liver (Clontech).
  • an oligonucleotide encoding eight codons of the TTR 5′ (Oligo 2693-79) end and an oligonucleotide encoding seven codons of TTR 3′ end including a terminating codon (Oligo 2693-80) were synthesized and used to amplify the full-length mature TTR with Expand Long polymerase using human liver cDNA library as template.
  • the resulting PCR fragment was digested with NdeI and XhoI, gel purified and ligated with NdeI/XhoI restricted expression vector pAMG21. After 2 hours at 4° C., the ligation mixture was electroporated into GM221 cells.
  • Mutant TTR(C10A) was made by using oligonucleotide 2693-80 above and oligonucleotide 2820-88 (encompasses the first 11 codons of native TTR in which the codon Cys at the tenth position was changed to Ala).
  • the PCR procedure and the process for selecting the expression strain were similar to that described above.
  • the resulting strain (strain #5619) had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:3.
  • Plasmid 5619 was further modified by replacing the amino acids at the following positions: A37, D38, A81 and G83, with the amino acid Cysteine.
  • each pair of the complementary oligonucleotides harboring the desired mutations was used in conjunction with TTR 5′ and 3′ primers described above in a standard two-step PCR procedure designed for site-specific mutagenesis.
  • Each of the forward primers were used with a TTR 3′ primer and each of the reverse primers were used with a TTR 5′ primer in a 20-cycle PCR in which plasmid derived from strain 5619 was used as the template.
  • TTR(A37C) forward (Oligo 2823-91); TTR(A37C) reverse (Oligo 2823-92); TTR(D38C) forward (Oligo 2823-93); TTR(D38C) reverse (Oligo 2823-94); TTR(A81C) forward (Oligo 2823-95); TTR(A81C) reverse (Oligo 2823-96); TTR(G83C) forward (Oligo 2823-97); TTR(G83C) reverse (Oligo 2823-98).
  • TTR(C10A/A37C)(strain 5641) had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:4.
  • TTR(C10A/D38C)(strain 5642) had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:5.
  • TTR(C10A/A81C)(strain 5643) had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:6.
  • TTR(C10A/G83C)(strain 5651) had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:7.
  • the Lys in the 15th position in strain 5651 was further mutagenized to Ala using oligonucleotides 2953-67 and 2953-68 by a procedure similar to that described for strains 5641, 5642, 5643 and 5651.
  • the resulting strain, TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C)(strain 5895) had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:8.
  • This example describes the preparation of various TMP-TTR fusions. Several fusion proteins containing TTR and a TMP were prepared. Each of the oligonucleotides utilized in this example are listed in Table 2.
  • a fragment containing the TMP was first amplified from a strain harboring a plasmid encoding a full-length TMP-Fc fusion (see PCT Publication No. 00/24770) using oligonucleotides 2743-96 which encodes the first 7 codons of the TMP plus a 12 nucleotide 5′ extension including a Nde1 site and 2743-97 which encodes the first 7 codons of native TTR and the last 7 codons of the TMP of interest.
  • TMP-TTR (strain 5513) had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:9.
  • TMP was then introduced to the N-terminus of strains 5641, 5642, 5643 and 5651, respectively.
  • Plasmid 5513 was digested with Xba1, the resulting Xba1/Xba1 insert containing the TMP and the first 18 codons of TTR(C10A) was gel purified and ligated with Xba1 restricted, phosphatase treated and gel purified vector derived from 5641, 5642, 5643 and 5651.
  • DNA sequencing was performed to select the correct orientation for each fusion.
  • the resulting E. coli strains containing the plasmids are described as follows: TMP-TTR(C10A/A37C)(strain 5704) had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:10.
  • TMP-TTR(C10A/D38C)(strain 5705) had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:11.
  • TMP-TTR(C10A/A81C)(strain 5706) had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:12.
  • TMP-TTR(C10A/G83C)(strain 5707) had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:13.
  • TABLE 2 SEQ ID Oligo Sequence Number 2743-96 GAGGAATAACATATGATCGAAGGTCCGACTCTGCGT 31 2743 97 TTCACCGGTACCAGTTGGACCTGCGCGTGCTGCAAG 32 CCATT
  • oligonucleotide 2694-01 which encodes the first 7 codons of human PTH
  • oligonucleotide 2694-03 which encodes the first 7 codons of TTR and amino acids 28-34 of PTH
  • Oligonucleotides 2694-01 and 2694-03 were used in a 20-cycle PCR procedure as described above to amplify PTH (1-34) with the TTR linker.
  • the template for this reaction was a strain which harbors a plasmid encoding a PTH1-34-Fc fusion (see PCT Publication No. 01/81415).
  • This example describes the preparation of an IL-1ra-TTR(C10A) fusion and a TTR(C10A)-GSGS-IL-1ra fusion.
  • TTR(C10A)-GSGS-IL-1ra fusion Each of the oligonucleotides utilized in this example are listed in Table 4.
  • oligonucleotide 2823-13 which encodes the first 7 codons of the human protein IL-1ra
  • oligonucleotide 2823-14 which encodes the last 7 amino acids of IL-1ra and the first 7 amino acids of TTR
  • the resulting PCR product was mixed with plasmid purified from strain 5619 and used as a template to amplify full-length IL-1-ra-TTR(C10A) using oligonucleotide primers 2823-13 and 2693-80.
  • the PCR product was cloned, sequenced and expressed as described above.
  • the resultant strain containing the new plasmid was designated IL-1ra-TTR(C10A)(strain 5644) and had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:15.
  • oligonucleotide 2787-32 which encodes the last 7 amino acids of TTR
  • oligonucleotide 2787-33 which encodes the last 7 codons of IL-1-ra
  • This example describes the preparation of TTR(C10A/G83C)-Bradykinin.
  • Each of the oligonucleotides utilized in this example are listed in Table 5.
  • Plasmid purified from strain 5651 was used for PCR with oligonucleotide primer 2693-79 and oligonucleotide primer 2943-47, which is a TTR 3′ primer containing a PstI restriction site.
  • This PCR product was gel purified and restriction digested with NdeI and PstI.
  • the resulting DNA fragment was used in a ligation mixture containing AMG21, digested with NdeI and XhoI, and the annealed oligonucleotide linkers 2943-48, which encodes the GSGSG linker, and oligonucleotide 2943-49, which encodes the Bradykinin antagonist peptide KRPPGFSPL with PstI 5′ and XhoI 3′ overlapping ends.
  • GM121 was transformed with this ligation product and DNA was purified from the kanamycin resistant colonies. The DNA sequence was then confirmed in the resistant colonies. The confirmed strain was grown at 30° C. and induced for expression in a 10-liter fermentation described below.
  • the new strain was designated TTR(C10A/G83C)-Bradykinin (strain 5914) and had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:17.
  • TABLE 5 SEQ ID Oligo Sequence Number 2693-79 GAGGAATAACATATGGGTCCAACTGGTACCGGTGAA 39 2943-47 AATATACTGCAGTGGTGGAATAGGAG 40 2943-48 GTCGTCACCAATCCCAAGGAAGGATCAGGATCCGGAAAACGTCCGCCGGGTTTCTCCCCGCTGTAATC 41 2943-49 TCGAGATTACAGCGGGGAGAAACCCGGCGGACGTTTTCCGGATCCTGATCCTTCCTTGGGATTGGTGACGACTGCA 42
  • This example describes the recombinant expression of TTR and the TTR fusion constructs in E. coli .
  • Each of the newly constructed TTR or TTR fusions were first examined for soluble expression at temperatures ranging from 16° C. to 37° C.
  • cultures (25 ml) of GM221 expressing each of the TTR or TTR fusions were grown in LB medium supplemented with 50 ⁇ g/ml kanamycin at 37° C. until the optical density (OD) at 600 nm reached 0.5 to 1.0.
  • the cultures were then placed in shakers with temperature settings at 16° C., 20° C., 25° C., 30° C., 34° C. and 37° C., respectively.
  • the induction of gene product expression from the luxPR promoter was achieved following the addition of the synthetic autoinducer N-(3-oxohexanoyl)-DL-homoserine lactone to the culture media to a final concentration of 20 ng/ml. After 6 hours, the bacterial cultures were examined by microscopy for the presence of inclusion bodies. Often soluble or partial soluble expression could be achieved by growing the cultures at temperatures lower than 30° C. for TTR and its fusions, and this temperature was used for large-scale expression. In cases where soluble expression could not be achieved, temperatures at which the level of expression was at the highest were used for large-scale shakers or fermentors.
  • the fermentation stage begins with the inoculation from a seed culture of strains produced in a shake flask containing 500 mL of sterilized Luria broth.
  • this culture obtained the appropriate cell density (0.8-2 at 600 nm)
  • the contents were used to inoculate a 20 liter fermentor containing 10 liter of complex based growth medium.
  • the fermentor is maintained at 30° C. and pH 7 with dissolved oxygen levels kept at 30% saturation.
  • the cell density reached an optical density of 10-12 OD units at 600 nm, at which point the culture was induced by the addition of N-(3-oxo-hexanoyl) homoserine lactone.
  • the cells were harvested from the fermentor by centrifugation.
  • This example describes the purification of TTR(C10A/G83C)-Bradykinin.
  • the supernatant was removed as the soluble fraction.
  • the soluble fraction was heated in a 65° C. water bath for 30 minutes in polypropylene bottles, at which time the temperature of the contents was 63° C.
  • the soluble fraction was centrifuged at 11,325 ⁇ g for 50 minutes 40C.
  • the supernatant was removed as Heat Soluble (FIG. 1, Lane 3).
  • the heat soluble fraction was filtered through a 0.45 ⁇ m cellulose acetate filter with two prefilters and then loaded on to a 240 ml Q-sepharose fast flow (5 cm ID) column (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway, N.J.) at 20 ml/min equilibrated in Q-Buffer A (20 mM tris HCl, 2.5 mM EDTA, pH 8.0) at room temperature (about 23° C.). Column was washed with about 2300 ml Q-Buffer A at 20 ml/min.
  • Q-column was eluted with a 15 column volume linear gradient to 60% Q-Buffer B (20 mM tris HCl, 1 M NaCl, 2.5 mM EDTA, pH 8.0) followed by a 2 column volume step to 100% Q-Buffer B. Fractions containing the TTR fusion as determined by SDS-PAGE were pooled into a single Q-pool (1150 ml) (FIG. 1, Lane 4) and 1.77 g of DTT was added. The Q-pool was gently stirred for 30 min at room temperature (about 23° C.).
  • P-pool was loaded on to a 105 ml (2.6 cm) type 1 ceramic hydroxyapatite column (Bio-Rad Inc., Hercules, Calif.) at 10 ml/min in HA-Buffer A. Column was washed with approximately 210 ml HA-Buffer A at 10 ml/min followed by 4 steps of 12.5%, 25%, 50%, and 100% HA-Buffer B (400 mM NaH 2 PO 4 , pH 7.0). The flowthrough was pooled as HA-pool (340 ml) (FIG. 1, Lane 6) and 524 mg of DTT was added followed by incubation at room temperature (about 23° C.) for 1 hour.
  • HA-pool 340 ml
  • Lane 6 524 mg of DTT was added followed by incubation at room temperature (about 23° C.) for 1 hour.
  • HA-pool About one-half of the HA-pool was loaded on to a 47 ml source 15Q (2.6 cm ID) column (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) at 10 ml/min followed by a wash with about 250 ml Q-Buffer A. Column was eluted with a 20 column volume linear gradient from 10% to 50% Q-Buffer B followed a step of 2 column volumes of 100% Q-Buffer B. The remaining half of the HA-Pool was then processed using the same protocol as the first half. Fractions containing the TTR fusion as determined by SDS-PAGE were pooled into a single Q2-pool (260 ml) and concentrated to about 75 ml using a stirred cell with a 10 kDa membrane.
  • Q2-pool (FIG. 1, Lane 7) was then filtered through a 0.22 ⁇ m cellulose acetate filter and the protein concentration was determined to be 16.9 mg/ml using a calculated extinction coefficient of 18,450 M ⁇ 1 cm ⁇ 1 .
  • the pyrogen level was determined to be ⁇ 1 EU/mg of protein using the Limulus Ameboycyte Lysate assay (Associates of Cape Cod, Falmouth, Mass.).
  • the nucleic acid content was determined to be negligible, since the ratio of the absorbance at 260 nm over 280 nm was determined to be 0.52.
  • TTR(C10A/G83C)does not have a significant impact on its oligomeric structure.
  • TTR(C10A/G83C), PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C), and TTR(C10A/G83C)-Bradykinin in 20 mM tris pH 8.0 and about 250 mM NaCl were reduced with 9 mM DTT for about 1 hour at room temperature (about 23° C.).
  • TTR(C10A/G83C) eluted at approximately 8.8 min corresponding to a molecular size of 49 kDa, which is comparable to the calculated molecular weight of the tetramer at 55 kDa.
  • PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C) eluted at about 8.6 min corresponding to a molecular size of 67 kDa, which is close to the calculated 71 kDa for the tetramer.
  • TTR(C10A/G83C)-Bradykinin eluted at about 8.7 min corresponding to a molecular size of 57 kDa, which is also close to the calculated 60 kDa for the tetramer.
  • TTR(C10A) IL-1-ra-TTR(C10A)
  • TTR(C10A)-IL-1-ra was injected on to a Biosep-Sec-S 3000 column (7.8 mm ID ⁇ 300 mm) (Phenomenex) in SEC-Buffer at 1 ml/min.
  • Bio-Rad molecular weight standards (151-1901) were used to calibrate the column and calculate the approximate molecular weight of the injected samples.
  • TTR(C10A) elutes at approximately 8.8 min, which corresponds to a molecular size of 49 kDa which is comparable to the calculated molecular weight of the tetramer at 55 kDa.
  • the IL-1-ra-TTR(C10A) fusion eluted at about 7.9 min corresponding to a molecular size of 188 kDa, which is noticeably larger than that expected for the tetramer at 124 kDa.
  • TTR(C10A)-IL-1-ra eluted at about 7.9 min, again corresponding to a molecular size of 188 kDa compared to the 124 kDa expected for the tetramer.
  • This example compares the binding of a TMP sequence fused to the carboxy-terminus of human immunoglobulin Fc (Fc-TMP) and TMP(m)-TTR to soluble human myeloproliferative leukemia (MPL) receptor.
  • Fc-TMP human immunoglobulin Fc
  • MPL myeloproliferative leukemia
  • this figure demonstrates that pegylation of the native TTR cysteine (Cys 10) interferes with the binding of TMP to the MPL receptor.
  • the binding of TMP(m)-TTR-PEG5K showed a significantly repressed binding response compared to its non-pegylated counterpart, and TMP(m)-TTR-PEG20K showed an even more severe inhibition.
  • This example shows the effect of injecting TMP(m)-TTR into mice on blood platelet count.
  • 50 BDF1 mice (Charles River Laboratories, Wilmington, Mass.) were split into 5 groups and injected (day 0) subcutaneously with either diluting agent (Dulbecco's PBS with 0.1% bovine serum albumin) or diluting agent with 50 ⁇ g test protein per kg animal. Each group was divided in half and bled (140 ⁇ l) on alternate time points (day 0, 3, 5, 7, 11, 12, 14, and 17). Mice were anesthetized with isoflurane prior to collection.
  • diluting agent Dulbecco's PBS with 0.1% bovine serum albumin
  • TMP(m)-TTR-PEG 5K was a moderate responder peaking at 2.3 ⁇ 10 12 platelets L ⁇ 1 which is just under twice the baseline level.
  • the non-pegylated form of TMP(m)-TTR shows very little response at 1.5 ⁇ 10 12 platelets L ⁇ 1 which is only 20% over the baseline level.
  • TMP(m)-TTR shows better binding in vitro than its pegylated counterparts (FIG. 4), but it has poor performance in vivo compared to TMP(m)-TTR-PEG 5K. This indicates that PEG is required to improve the biological half-life of the TTR construct, and this more than compensates for the reduced affinity for the receptor.
  • TTR(C10A) elutes at approximately 8.8 min, which corresponds to a molecular size of 57 kDa which is similar to the calculated molecular weight of the tetramer at 55 kDa.
  • This data combined with the observation that both forms of TTR are resistant to precipitation at 65° C. (data not shown) indicates that mutation of cysteine 10 to alanine does not have a significant impact on the structure or stability of TTR.
  • This example demonstrates that mutation of alanine 37 to cysteine TMP-TTR(C10A/A37C), aspartate 38 to cysteine TMP-TTR(C10A/D38C), alanine 81 to cysteine TMP-TTR(C10A/A81C), or glycine 83 to cysteine TMP-TTR(C10A/G83C) in a cysteine 10 to alanine background does not have a significant impact on the oligomeric structure of TTR.
  • this example demonstrates that pegylation of these mutant forms of TTR with a 5K or 20K PEG produces two distinct species of TTR with significantly greater molecular size than the unpegylated form.
  • the pegylation of TTR was carried out by first reducing about 8 ml of the TTR (7.28 mg/ml) with 10 mM DTT for 30 minutes at 30° C. in the presence of 50 mM tris HCl, pH 8.5.
  • the reduced TTR was then desalted using a 26 ml SEPHADEXTM G25 medium column (2.6 cm ID) (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) at 2.5 ml/min in 20 mM tris HCl, pH 8.5.
  • the concentration was then determined by measuring the absorbance of the reduced TTR at 280 nm and using the calculated extinction coefficient (29,450 M ⁇ 1 for TMP-TTR(C10A/A37C) (5.14 mg/ml).
  • One-half (4.6 ml) of the reduced sample was then immediately mixed with 810 ⁇ l of 5 mM methoxy-PEG-maleimide 5K (Shearwater Corporation, Huntsville, Ala.) and the remaining half was mixed with 1620 ⁇ l 2.5 mM methoxy-PEG-maleimide 20K (Shearwater Corporation).
  • the reaction was allowed to proceed at 30° C. for 30 min and was quenched by the addition of 46 ⁇ l 1 M DTT.
  • Each pegylated sample was then loaded on to a 5 ml HiTrap Q-sepharose column at 2.5 ml/min and washed with several column volumes of Q-Buffer A (20 mM tris HCl, pH 8.0) at 5 ml/min.
  • the columns were eluted with a linear gradient to 40% Q-Buffer B (20 mM tris HCl, 1 M NaCl, pH 8.0) followed by a 2 column volume step to 100% Q-Buffer B. Peak fractions were pooled and the concentration determined by measuring the absorbance of the pool at 280 nm. About 50 ⁇ g of each sample was injected on to a Biosep-Sec-S 3000 column (7.8 mm ID ⁇ 300 mm) (Phenomenex) in SEC-Buffer at 1 ml/min. Bio-Rad molecular weight standards (151-1901) were used to calibrate the column and calculate the approximate molecular size of the injected samples. As can be seen in FIG.
  • the apparent molecular size of the 4 non-pegylated TMP-TTR constructs is between 40 and 45 kDa which is noticeably lower than the expected 70 kDa tetramer. This retarded elution time is likely due to a slight interaction of the TMP-TTR construct with the size exclusion resin, which has been observed with several other TMP constructs (data not shown). After conjugation with the 5K PEG, the apparent molecular size increases to between 421 and 428 kDa (1.53-1.64 minutes more advanced elution than the unpegylated counterparts), which is much greater than the expected 90 kDa.
  • Fc-TMP TMP-TTR(C10A/A37C), TMP-TTR(C10A/D38C), TMP-TTR(C10A/A81C), and TMP-TTR(C10A/G83C) have similar affinities for binding human MPL receptor in vitro.
  • Fc-TMP was bound to a BIAcore protein G chip at high density as per the manufacturer's instructions (BIAcore, Uppsula, Sweden).
  • Test proteins were preincubated with 5 nM MPL receptor in Binding Buffer (Dulbecco's PBS (Gibco BRL, Gaithersburg, Md.) with 0.1 mg/ml bovine serum albumin and 0.005% P20 (polyoxyethylenesorbitan) for >2 hours at room temperature (about 23° C.). For non-pegylated proteins, 0.1 mg/ml heparin was added to prevent non-specific binding. All samples were then passed over the chip at 50 ⁇ l/min in Binding Buffer. The equilibrium endpoint was taken 3 min post injection. As can be seen in FIG. 9, all TTR constructs showed similar affinity for the MPL receptor with affinities ranging from 0.881 to 2.333 nm, while the Fc-TMP construct had affinities ranging from 3.276 to 5.369 nm.
  • Binding Buffer Dulbecco's PBS (Gibco BRL, Gaithersburg, Md.) with 0.1 mg/ml bo
  • This example shows the effect of injecting pegylated TMP-TTR constructs into mice on blood platelet count.
  • 170 BDF1 mice were split into 17 groups and injected (day 0) subcutaneously with 50 ⁇ g test protein per kg animal (TMP fusion construct, Fc-TMP, or a TTR(C10A) control). Each group was divided in half and bled (140 ⁇ l) on alternate time points (day 0, 3, 5, 7, 10, 12, and 14). Mice were anesthetized with isoflurane prior to collection.
  • This example shows the effect of injecting pegylated PTH-TTR constructs into mice on blood ionized calcium release.
  • 60 male, BDF1, 4 week-old mice were split into 12 groups and injected (day 0) subcutaneously with 8.91 mg test protein per kg animal (PTH fusion construct, PTH-Fc, or a TTR(C10A) control). Each group was bled (75 ⁇ l) at time points 0, 24, 48, and 72 hours. Mice were anesthetized with isoflurane prior to collection.
  • PTH-Fc PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/A37C) (PEG 5K)
  • PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/A37C) PEG 20K
  • PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C) PEG 5K
  • PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C) PEG 20K
  • PEG 20K showed the greatest response with ionized calcium levels rising between 2.2 and 2.7 mmol per L at 24 hours post-injection, which is 1.7 times baseline at 1.3 mmol per L.
  • PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/A37C) PEG 5K
  • PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C) PEG 5K
  • PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C) PEG 20K treated groups that maintained elevated ionized calcium levels between 1.8 and 1.9 mmol per L.
  • the non-pegylated PTH-TTR constructs were equivalent to or slightly better than the TTR(C10A) control at raising serum ionized calcium levels.
  • This example describes the construction of a PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/A81C) containing plasmid.
  • the Xba1/Xba1 fragment of 5920 was ligated with the purified vector derived from digesting plasmid 5643 (described in example 1) with Xba1.
  • the E. coli strain containing the resulting plasmid is described as 5933 PTH-TTRC10A/K15A/A81C.
  • ATGTCTGTTTCTGAAATCCAGCTGATGCATAACCTGGGTAAACATCTGAACTCTA SEQ ID NO:43 TGGAACGTGTTGAATGGCTGCGTAAGAAACTGCAGGACGTTCATAACTTTGGTCC
  • This example describes the preparation of a GLP-1-TTR(C10A/G83C) fusion and a GLP-1-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C) fusion. These constructs were cloned using plasmid pAMG21, which is described in example 1. Each of the oligonucleotides utilized in this example are listed in Table 6.
  • the bacterial host GM121 is an E. coli K-12 strain that has been modified to contain the lacI Q repressor in the late ebg region (68 minutes). The presence of this repressor gene allows the use of this host with a variety of expression systems, however this repressor is irrelevant to the expression from luxPR.
  • the untransformed host has no antibiotic resistances.
  • F′tet/393 was modified by the delivery of a lacI Q construct into the ebg operon between nucleotide position 2493 and 2937 as numbered in the Genbank accession number M64441 Gb_Ba with the deletion of the intervening ebg sequence. The construct was delivered to the chromosome using a recombinant phage called AGebg-lacI Q #5.
  • F′tet/GM120 After recombination and resolution only the chromosomal insert described above remains in the cell. It was renamed F′tet/GM120. F′tet/GM120 was then mutated in the hsdR gene to inactivate it. This was renamed F′tet/GM121. The F′tet episome was cured from the strain, verified as tetracyline sensitive and was stored as GM121 (ATCC #202174).
  • PCR was performed with Roche PCR Core Kit (Cat. No. 1 578 553) in 80 ul reactions containing 2-4 ul mini-prep plasmid DNA template, 1 uM each oligonucleotide, 0.2 mM each oligonucleotide, 5% DMSO (Sigma), and 2U Taq DNA polymerase in order to amplify the GLP-1 sequence and a linker. Reaction cycles were 94° C. for 5 min followed by 35 cycles of [94° C. for 20 sec, 45° C. for 30 sec, 72° C. for 1 min]. PCR products were purified with QIAquick® PCR Purification Kit according to the manufacturer's protocol (QIAGEN). PCR products and vectors were then digested with NdeI and KpnI (New England Biolabs).
  • Digested DNA was purified from an agarose gel, then mixed and ligated by T4 DNA ligase (New England Biolabs) for 1.5-2 hours at room temperature. Each ligation mixture was transformed by electroporation into the host strain GM121 described above with a Biorad E. coli Pulser at 2.5 KV in a cuvette with a gap length of 2 mm. The cells were allowed to recover in 2 ml Terrific Broth (TB) for about 3 hours at 37° C. at 250 rpm. 70-100 ⁇ l of the recovery culture was plated on LB agar containing 40 ug/ml kanamycin. DNA mini-preps were prepared and correct clones were verified by nucleotide sequencing.
  • oligonucleotide 1209-85 which binds the luxR promoter region
  • 3131-63 which encodes the last 12 amino acids of the fusion linker and the first 8 amino acids of TTR
  • the PCR product was cloned and sequenced as described above.
  • the resultant strain containing the new plasmid was designated GLP-1-TTR(C10A/G83C) (strain 6298) and had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:47.
  • oligonucleotide 3183-83 which contains and NdeI site and encodes the purification and cleavage sequence described above plus the first six amino acids of GLP-1(A2G), and 3183-84, which encodes the last 6 amino acids of the fusion linker and the first 8 amino acids of TTR, were synthesized.
  • the resultant strain containing the new plasmid was designated GLP-1-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C) (strain 6450) and had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:48.
  • SEQ ID Oligo Sequence Number 1209-85 CGTACAGGTTTACGCAAGAAAATGG 44 3131-63 GGATTCACCGGTACCAGTTGGACCACCACCACCACCACCAC 45 CACCACCCGCACTGCCTGAACCAGAGC 3183-83 TGACTAAGCCATATGAAACATCATCACCATCACCAT 46 CATGACGAAGTTGATCACGGTGAAGGTACTTTCAC 3183-84 GGATTCACCGGTACCAGTTGGACCACCACCACCACCACCACCAC 47 CACCGCTAC
  • ATGAAACATCATCACCATCACCATCATGACGAAGTTGATCACGGTGAAGGTACTT SEQ ID NO:48 TCACTTCTGACGTTTCTTCTTATCTGGAAGGTCAGGCTGCTAAAGAATTCATCGC TTGGCTGGTTAAAGGTCGTGGTGGTTCTGGTTCTGCTACTGGTGGTTCCGGCTCC ACCGCAAGCTCTGGTTCAGGCAGTGCGGGTGGTGGTGGTGGTGGTGGTCCAACTG GTACCGGTGAATCCAAGGCTCCTCTGATGGTCAAAGTTCTAGATGCTGTCCGAGG CAGTCCTGCCATCAATGTGGCCGTGCATGTGTTCAGAAAGGCTGCTGATGACACC TGGGAGCCATTTGCCTCTGGGAAAACCAGTGAGTCTGGAGAGCTGCATGGGCTCA CAACTGAGGAGGAATTTGTAGAAGGGATATACAAAGTGGAAATAGACACCAAATC TTACTGGAAGGCACTTTGCATCTCCCCATTCCATGAGCATGCAGAGGTGGTATTC
  • This example describes the preparation of a GLP-1(A2G)-K-Fc fusion.
  • This construct was cloned using plasmid pAMG33*, which differs from pAMG21 in that the lux protein and promoters are replaced with lacI binding sites and an IPTG inducible promoter and the ribosomal binding site sequence is shorter (the sequence between the AatII and ClaI recognition sites is replaced with AATTGTGAGCGGATAACAATTGAC AAATGCTAAAATTCTTGATTAATTGTGAGCGGATAACAATTTATCGATTTGATTC TAGAAGGAGGAATAA) and some of the sequence after the SacII recognition site was deleted (leaving ATAAATAAGTAACGATCCGGTCCAGTAATGACCTCAGAAC TCCATCTGGATTTGTTCAGAACGCTCGGTTGCCGCCGGGCGTTTTTTATT GGTGAGAATCGCAGCAACTTGTCGCGCCAATCGAGCCATGTCGTCGTCAA CGACCCCATTCAA
  • oligonucleotide 2985-92 which contains and NdeI site and encodes the purification and cleavage sequence described above plus the first eight amino acids of GLP-1(A2G), and 2687-50, which encodes the amino acids 18 through 23 of the Fc, were synthesized.
  • a pAMG33* plasmid derived from a strain which expresses a GLP-1(A2G) sequence with a N-terminal Met start, a 27 amino acid linker, and an Fc sequence was amplified using oligonucleotides 2985-92 and 2687-50.
  • the PCR product was cloned and sequenced as described above except the enzymes used were NdeI and EcoRI. A colony screening step was included which verified the presence of insert by PCR with oligonucleotides directed against upstream vector sequence and the 5 His-Aspartic acid sequence which the insert introduced.
  • the resultant strain containing the new plasmid was designated GLP-1(A2G)-K-Fc (strain 5945) and had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:51. TABLE 7 SEQ ID Oligo Sequence Number 2985-92 AGACCTGTACATATGAAACATCATCACCATCACCAT 50 CATGACGAAGTTGATCACGGTGAAGGTACTTTCAC TTCTG 2687-50 GGGGGAAGAGGAAAACTGAC 51
  • This example describes the cloning of the CH2 domain of an immunoglobulin molecule to the TTR(C10A) to generate TMP-CH2-TTRC10A and TTRC10A-CH2-TMP.
  • the CH2 domain derived from TMP-Fc was linked to the C-terminal end of TTR(C10A), i.e., strain 5619, by a two-step PCR procedure.
  • the CH2 domain (containing from 5′ to 3′: the last 7 codons of TTR, CH2 and a BamH1-XhoI linker) was first amplified by the following oligos:
  • 2973-77 (SEQ ID NO:53) GTC GTC ACC AAT CCC AAG GAA GGT TCT GGC TCC GGA TCA GGG GGA CCG TCA GTT TTC CTC, and
  • 2973-78 (SEQ ID NO:54) CCG CGG ATC CTC GAG ATT AGG ATC CAG AAC CCC CTT TGG CTT TGG AGA TGG T.
  • 2973-79 (SEQ ID NO:55) GAG GAA TAA CAT ATG GGT CCA ACT GGT ACC GGT GAA TCC AAG,
  • TMP-TTRC10A-CH2 (Strain 6024): ATGATCGAAGGTCCGACTCTGCGTCAGTGGCTGGCTGCTCGTGCTGGCGGTGGTG SEQ ID NO:57 GCGGAGGGGGTGGCATTGAGGGCCCAACCCTTCGCCAATGGCTTGCAGCACGCGC AGGTCCAACTGGTACCGGTGAATCCAAGGCTCCTCTGATGGTCAAAGTTCTAGAT GCTGTCCGAGGCAGTCCTGCCATCAATGTGGCCGTGCATGTGTTCAGAAAGGCTG CTGATGACACCTGGGAGCCATTTGCCTCTGGGAAAACCAGTGAGTCTGGAGAGCT GCATGGGCTCACAACTGAGGAGGAATTTGTAGAAGGGATATACAAAGTGGAAATA GACACCAAATCTTACTGGAAGGCACTTGGCATCTCCATTCCATGAGCATGCAG AGGTGGTATTCACAG
  • TTRC10A-CH2-TMP was done as follows: the TMP fragment containing a 5′ BamHI linker and 3′ XhoI linker was amplified by oligos 2694-19 and
  • 2974-70 (SEQ ID NO:58) GAG GAA TAA GGA TCC ATC GAA GGT CCG ACT CTG CG
  • the amplified fragment was digested with BamH1 and Xho1 and was subsequently ligated with similarly restricted 6017.
  • the resulting clone is described as strain 6104 (TTRC10A-CH2-TMP).
  • ATGGGTCCAACTGGTACCGGTGAATCCAAGGCTCCTCTGATGGTCAAAGTTCTAG SEQ ID NO:59 ATGCTGTCCGAGGCAGTCCTGCCATCAATGTGGCCGTGCATGTGTTCAGAAAGGC TGCTGATGACACCTGGGAGCCATTTGCCTCTGGGAAAACCAGTGAGTCTGGAGAG
  • CTGCATGGGCTCACAACTGAGGAGGAATTTGTAGAAGGGATATACAAAGTGGAAA TAGACACCAAATCTTACTGGAAGGCACTTGGCATCTCCCCATTCCATGAGCATGC AGAGGTGGTATTCACAGCCAACGACTCCGGCCCGCCGCTACACCATTGCCGCC CTGCTGAGCCCCTACTCCTATTCCACCACGGCTGTCGTCACCAATCCC
  • TMP-CH2-TTR2 Another configuration of this fusion was made as TMP-CH2-TTR2.
  • the CH2 domain derived from TMP-Fc was first linked to N-terminus of TTRC10A by a two-step PCR.
  • the CH2 domain (containing from 5′ to 3′: a NdeI-BamHI linker, CH2 and the first 7 codons of TTR C10A) was first amplified by oligos
  • 2974-65 (SEQ ID NO:60) TTC ACC GGT ACC AGT TGG ACC AGA ACC CCC TTT GGC TTT GGA GAT GGT, and
  • 2974-66 (SEQ ID NO:61) GAG GAA TAA CAT ATG GGA TCC GGT TCT GGG GGA CCG TCA GTT TTC CTC.
  • 2974-68 (SEQ ID NO:63) GAG GAA TAA CAT ATG ATC GAA GGT CCG ACT CTG, and
  • 2974-69 (SEQ ID NO:64) TAA CAT ATG GGA TCC TGC GCG TGC TGC AAG CCA TTG.
  • This example describes the construction of TTRC10A/K15A-TMP, TTRC10A/K15A/A81C-TMP and TTRC10A/K15A/G83C-TMP.
  • TMP was also cloned at the C- termini of TTR and variants thereof.
  • the full length TMP containing at its N- terminal end a 5-amino acids linker (gsgsg) plus the last 7 amino acids of wt TTR was amplified by the following set of oligonucleotides in a standard PCR procedure.
  • 2694-18 (SEQ ID NO:66) GTC GTC ACC AAT CCC AAG GAA GGT TCT GGT TCT GGT ATC GAA, and
  • 2694-19 (SEQ ID NO:67) CCG CGG ATC CTC GAG ATT ATG CGC GTG CTG CAA GCC ATT G.
  • Plasmid 5921 was subsequently modified by replacing the amino acids at the following positions: A37, A81 and G83, with the amino acid Cysteine as described in example 1, except that the TTR 3′ oligo utilized with the mutation oligos (2693-80) in example 1 was replaced with 2694-19, resulting in Strain 5982, containing TTRC10A/K15A/A37C-TMP (SEQ ID NO:70), Strain 5983 containing TTRC10A/K15A/A81C-TMP (SEQ ID NO:71), and Strain 5984 containing TTRC10A/K15A/G83C-TMP (SEQ ID NO:72).
  • SEQ ID NO:71 ATGGGTCCAACTGGTACCGGTGAATCCAAGGCTCCTCTGATGGTCGCAGT TCTAGATGCTGTCCGAGGCAGTCCTGCCATCAATGTGGCCGTGCATGTGT TCAGAAAGGCTGCTGATGACACCTGGGAGCCATTTGCCTCTGGGAAAACC AGTGAGTCTGGAGAGCTGCATGGGCTCACAACTGAGGAGGAATTTGTAGA AGGGATATACAAAGTGGAAATAGACACCAAATCTTACTGGAAGTGTCTTG GCATCTCCCCATTCCATGAGCATGCAGAGGTGGTATTCACAGCCAACGAC TCCGGCCCCCGCCGCTACACCATTGCCGCCCTGCTGAGCCCCTACTCCTA TTCCACCACGGCTGTCGTCACCAATCCCAAGGAAGGTTCTGGTTCTGGTA TCGAAGGTCCGACTCTGCGTCAGTGGCTGGCTGGTTCTGGTA TCGAAGGTCCGACTCTGCGTCAGTGGCTGGCTGGTTCTGGTA TCGAAGGTCCGACTCTGC
  • SEQ ID NO:72 ATGGGTCCAACTGGTACCGGTGAATCCAAGGCTCCTCTGATGGTCGCAGT TCTAGATGCTGTCCGAGGCAGTCCTGCCATCAATGTGGCCGTGCATGTGT TCAGAAAGGCTGCTGATGACACCTGGGAGCCATTTGCCTCTGGGAAAACC AGTGAGTCTGGAGAGCTGCATGGGCTCACAACTGAGGAGGAATTTGTAGA AGGGATATACAAAGTGGAAATAGACACCAAATCTTACTGGAAGGCACTTT GCATCTCCCCATTCCATGAGCATGCAGAGGTGGTATTCACAGCCAACGAC TCCGGCCCCCGCCGCTACACCATTGCCGCCCTGCTGAGCCCCTACTCCTA TTCCACCACGGCTGTCGTCACCAATCCCAAGGAAGGTTCTGGTTCTGGTA TCGAAGGTCCGACTCTGCGTCAGTGGCTGGCTGGTTCTGGTA TCGAAGGTCCGACTCTGCGTCAGTGGCTGGCTGGTTCTGGTA TCGAAGGTCCGACTCTGC
  • This example describes the construction of TMP-TTRC10A/K15A/A81C and TMP-TTRC10A/K15A/A37C.
  • the Lys at 15th position of TTR was mutagenized to Ala in strains 5704, 5706 and 5707 by the following methods. Plasmid 5513 was digested with Nde1/Kpn1, the insert harboring TMP fragment and the first 6 amino acids of TTR was purified and ligated with Nde1/Kpn1 restricted and gel purified vector derived from strain 5895. The bacterial strain containing the resulting plasmid is described as 5919 (TMP-TTRC10A/K15A/G83C).
  • Plasmid 5919 was then digested with Xba1, the resulting Xba1/Xba1 fragment containing TMP and the first 18 codons of TTR including the C10A and K15A mutations was gel purified and ligated with Xba1 digested, phosphatase treated and gel purified vectors derived from strain 5704 and 5706.
  • the new strains are described as 5918 (TMP-TTRC10A/K15A/A81C) and 6023 (TMP-TTRC10A/K15A/A37C).
  • TMP-TTRC10A/K15A/A81C (SEQ ID NO:74) ATGATCGAAGGTCCGACTCTGCGTCAGTGGCTGGCTGCTCGTGCTGGCGG TGGTGGCGGAGGGGGTGGCATTGAGGGCCCAACCCTTCGCCAATGGCTTG CAGCACGCAGGTCCAACTGGTACCGGTGAATCCAAGGCTCCTCTGATG GTCGCAGTTCTAGATGCTGTCCGAGGCAGTCCTGCCATCAATGTGGCCGT GCATGTGTTCAGAAAGGCTGCTGATGACACCTGGGAGCCATTTGCCTCTG GGAAAACCAGTGAGTCTGGAGAGCTGCATGGGCTCACAACTGAGGAGGAA TTTGTAGAAGGGATATACAAAGTGGAAATAGACACCAAATCTTACTGGAA GTGTCTTGGCATCTCCCCATTCCATGAGCATGCAGAGGTGGTATTCACAG CCAACGACTCCGGCCCGCCGCTACACCATTGCCGCCCTGCTGAGCCCC TACTCCT
  • TMP-TTRC10A/K15A/A37C (SEQ ID NO:75) ATGATCGAAGGTCCGACTCTGCGTCAGTGGCTGGCTGCTCGTGCTGGCGG TGGTGGCGGAGGGGGTGGCATTGAGGGCCCAACCCTTCGCCAATGGCTTG CAGCACGCAGGTCCAACTGGTACCGGTGAATCCAAGGCTCCTCTGATG GTCGCAGTTCTAGATGCTGTCCGAGGCAGTCCTGCCATCAATGTGGCCGT GCATGTGTTCAGAAAGGCTTGTGATGACACCTGGGAGCCATTTGCCTCTG GGAAAACCAGTGAGTCTGGAGAGCTGCATGGGCTCACAACTGAGGAGGAA TTTGTAGAAGGGATATACAAAGTGGAAATAGACACCAAATCTTACTGGAA GGCACTTGGCATCTCCCCATTCCATGAGCATGCAGAGGTGGTATTCACAG CCAACGACTCCGGCCCGCCGCTACACCATTGCCGCCCTGCTGAGCCCC TACTCCT
  • This example describes the expression of GLP-1 fusions proteins in E. coli.
  • 25-100 ml of a saturated overnight culture was used to inoculate 50 ml TB with 20 ug/ml kanamycin in a 250 ml baffled flask and incubated at 37C, 250 rpm overnight.
  • 10-35 ml of these overnight cultures were used to inoculate 1L TB with 20 ug/ml kanamycin in a 2L baffled flask and incubated at 37C, 250 rpm until the optical density at 600 nm reached approximately 0.7.
  • the cultures were then induced to express recombinant protein by the addition of: 1 ml of ethanol containing 30 ug/ml N-(B-ketocaproyl)-DL-homoserine lactone (Sigma) in the case of pAMG21, or IPTG to 0.1 mM in the case of pAMG33*.
  • the incubation was continued for an additional 2-4 hours and the cells were collected by centrifugation.
  • This example describes the purification of PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/A81C).
  • E. coli paste from clone 5933 stored at ⁇ 80° C. was defrosted in 1480 ml of 50 mM tris HCl, 5 mM EDTA, pH 8.0.
  • 60 tablets of Sigma protease inhibitor cocktail 1-873-580 (Saint Louis, Mo.) was dissolved in the cell suspension and the suspension was passed through a model 110-Y microfluidizer (Microfluidics, Newton, Mass.) twice at 14,000 PSI. The lysate was centrifuged at 11,325 ⁇ g for 50 min 4° C. The supernatant was removed as the soluble fraction.
  • the soluble fraction was heated in a 65° C. water bath for 30 minutes in polypropylene bottles, at which time the temperature of the contents was 63° C.
  • the soluble fraction was centrifuged at 11,325 ⁇ g for 50 minutes 4° C. The supernatant was removed as Heat Soluble.
  • the heat soluble fraction was filtered through a 0.45 ⁇ m cellulose acetate filter with two prefilters and then loaded on to a 240 ml Q-sepharose fast flow (5 cm ID) column (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway, N.J.) at 25 ml/min equilibrated in Q-Buffer A (20 mM tris HCl, 2.5 mM EDTA, pH 8.0) at room temperature (about 23° C.). Column was washed with about 2200 ml Q-Buffer A at 30 ml/min.
  • Q-column was eluted with a 15 column volume linear gradient to 60% Q-Buffer B (20 mM tris HCl, 1 M NaCl, 2.5 mM EDTA, pH 8.0) followed by a 2 column volume step to 100% Q-Buffer B. Fractions containing the TTR fusion as determined by SDS-PAGE were pooled into a single Q-pool (1300 ml). To the Q-pool, 464 ml of 3.8 M ammonium sulfate pH 7.2 was slowly added. The solution was centrifuged at 11,325 ⁇ g for 50 min 4° C.
  • the supernatant was removed as the ammonium sulfate soluble fraction and discarded, and the pellet was resuspended in 450 ml 10 mM NaH 2 PO 4 , pH 7.0 by gentle agitation at room temperature for about 30 min. The solution was centrifuged at 11,325 ⁇ g for 50 min 4° C. Supernatant was removed as phosphate buffer soluble fraction and filtered through a 0.45 ⁇ m cellulose acetate filter.
  • Fractions containing the TTR fusion as determined by SDS-PAGE were pooled into a single Q2-pool (170 ml) and filtered through a 0.22 ⁇ m cellulose acetate filter.
  • the protein concentration was determined to be 3.7 mg/ml using a calculated extinction coefficient of 23,950 M ⁇ 1 cm ⁇ 1 .
  • the pyrogen level was determined to be ⁇ 1 EU/mg of protein using the Limulus Ameboycyte Lysate assay (Associates of Cape Cod, Falmouth, Mass.).
  • the nucleic acid content was determined to be negligible, since the ratio of the absorbance at 260 nm over 280 nm was determined to be 0.61.
  • TMP-TTR(C10A/D38C) This example describes the purification of TMP-TTR(C10A/D38C).
  • E. coli paste from clone 5705 stored at ⁇ 80° C. was defrosted in 1275 ml of 50 mM tris HCl, 5 mM EDTA, pH 8.0.
  • 50 tablets of Sigma protease inhibitor cocktail 1-873-580 (Saint Louis, Mo.) was dissolved in the cell suspension and the suspension was passed through a model 110-Y microfluidizer (Microfluidics, Newton, Mass.) twice at 14,000 PSI.
  • the lysate was centrifuged at 11,325 ⁇ g for 30 min 4° C. The supernatant was removed as the soluble fraction and discarded.
  • the pellets were resuspended in 1200 ml water using a tissue grinder and 20 more Sigma protease inhibitor tablets were added. The suspension was centrifuged at 11,325 ⁇ g for 30 min 4° C. The supernatant was filtered through a Whatman GF/A filter and 2.1 g of dithiothreitol was added followed by incubation at 7° C. for 30 minutes.
  • the reduced sample was loaded on to a 240 ml Q-sepharose fast flow (5 cm ID) column (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway, N.J.) at 30 ml/min equilibrated in Q-Buffer A (20 mM tris HCl, 0.02% sodium azide, pH 8.0) at 7° C. Column was washed with about 1920 ml Q-Buffer A at 30 ml/min. Q-column was eluted with 3 steps of 20%, 35%, and 100% Q-Buffer B (20 mM tris HCl, 1 M NaCl, 0.02% sodium azide, pH 8.0).
  • the urea solublized pellet was then filtered through a Whatman GF/A filter and loaded on to a 240 ml Q-sepharose fast flow (5 cm ID) column (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway, N.J.) at 30 ml/min equilibrated in Q-Buffer A (20 mM tris HCl, 0.02% sodium azide, pH 8.0) at 7° C. Column was washed with about 1920 ml Q-Buffer A at 30 ml/min.
  • Q-column was eluted with 3 steps of 20%, 35%, and 100% Q-Buffer B (20 mM tris HCl, 1 M NaCl, 0.02% sodium azide, pH 8.0) at 15 ml/min. Fractions containing the 35% elution peak were pooled, filtered through a 0.22 ⁇ m cellulose acetate filter, and 0.5 g of dithiothreitol (10 mM final concentration) was added followed by incubation for 30 min at 7° C.
  • the 35% Q-pool was then loaded on to a 45 ml (2.6 cm) type 1 ceramic hydroxyapatite column (Bio-Rad Inc., Hercules, Calif.) at 5 ml/min in 20 mM tris HCl, 350 mM NaCl, pH 8.0 at 7° C. Column was washed with approximately 70 ml 20 mM tris HCl, 350 mM NaCl, pH 8.0 at 5 ml/min followed by 3 steps of 2.5%, 25%, and 100% HA-Buffer B (400 mM NaH 2 PO 4 , pH 7.0).
  • the fractions from the 2.5% elution were pooled as HA-pool (80 ml) and filtered through a 0.22 ⁇ m cellulose acetate filter.
  • the protein concentration was determined to be 6.8 mg/ml using a calculated extinction coefficient of 29,450 M ⁇ 1 cm ⁇ 1 .
  • the pyrogen level was determined to be ⁇ 1 EU/mg of protein using the Limulus Ameboycyte Lysate assay (Associates of Cape Cod, Falmouth, Mass.).
  • the nucleic acid content was determined to be negligible, since the ratio of the absorbance at 260 nm over 280 nm was determined to be 0.54.
  • This example describes the refolding and purification of TTR(C10A)-CH2-TMP.
  • About 23 g of E. coli paste from clone 6104 stored at ⁇ 80° C. was defrosted in 200 ml of 50 mM tris HCl, 5 mM EDTA, pH 8.0.
  • 10 tablets of Sigma protease inhibitor cocktail 1-873-580 (Saint Louis, Mo.) was dissolved in the cell suspension and the suspension was passed through a microfluidizer (Microfluidics, Newton, Mass.) twice at 12,000 PSI. The lysate was centrifuged at 15,344 ⁇ g for 50 min 4° C. The supernatant was removed as the soluble fraction and discarded.
  • the pellet was resuspended in 200 ml 50 mM tris HCl, 5 mM EDTA, pH 8.0 using a tissue grinder.
  • the suspension was centrifuged at 15,344 ⁇ g for 50 min 4° C. The supernatant was removed as the wash and discarded.
  • the pellet was resuspended in 50 ml 50 mM tris HCl, 5 mM EDTA, pH 8.0 using a tissue grinder.
  • the suspension was centrifuged at 14,000 ⁇ g for 10 min room temperature. The supernatant was removed as the wash and discarded.
  • the pellets were dissolved in 50 ml 8 M guanidine HCl, 50 mM tris HCl, pH 8.0 using a sonicator for about 1 min. Dissolved protein was reduced for 30 min room temperature by adding 500 ⁇ l 1 M DTT. Reduced protein was centrifuged for 30 min at 20° C. at 27,216 g. Supernatant was then added to 4 L 50 mM tris base, 160 mM arginine base, 1 M urea, 1 mM cystamine, 4 mM cysteine, pH 9.5 at 2 ml/min and incubated about 16 hours 4° C.
  • Refolded protein was then filtered through a Gellman SUPORCAP® 50 and then concentrated to about 500 ml using a Pall Filtron 3 square foot YM10 membrane tangential flow system followed by diafiltration against 2 L 20 mM tris HCl pH 8.0. Concentrated protein was then loaded on to a 45 ml source 15Q (2.6 cm ID) column (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) at 18 ml/min followed by a wash with about 150 ml Q-Buffer A (20 mM tris HCl pH 8.0). Column was eluted with a 20 column volume linear gradient from 0% to 60% Q-Buffer B followed a step of 2 column volumes of 100% Q-Buffer B.
  • Fractions containing the TTR fusion as determined by SDS-PAGE were pooled into a single Q-pool (29 ml).
  • the Q-Pool was then concentrated to about 6.3 ml using a Millipore CENTRIPREPTM 10 and then passed through a Pall ACRODISC® MUSTANGTM E membrane filter at 1 ml/min.
  • the protein concentration was determined to be 10.5 mg/ml using a calculated extinction coefficient of 46,410 M ⁇ 1 cm ⁇ 1 .
  • the pyrogen level was determined to be ⁇ 1 EU/mg of protein using the Limulus Ameboycyte Lysate assay (Associates of Cape Cod, Falmouth, Mass.).
  • the nucleic acid content was determined to be negligible, since the ratio of the absorbance at 260 nm over 280 nm was determined to be 0.51.
  • This example describes the purification of GLP1-TTR (C10A/K15A/G83C).
  • E. coli paste from clone 6450 stored at ⁇ 80° C. was defrosted in 250 ml of 50 mM NaH 2 PO 4 , pH 7.0.
  • Cell suspension was passed through a microfluidizer (Microfluidics, Newton, Mass.) twice at 12,000 PSI.
  • the lysate was centrifuged at 15,344 ⁇ g for 50 min 4° C. The supernatant was discarded as the soluble fraction, and the pellet was resuspended in 200 ml deoxycholate using a tissue grinder.
  • the suspension was centrifuged at 15,344 ⁇ g for 50 min 4° C. The supernatant was discarded as the wash, and the pellet was resuspended in 200 ml water using a tissue grinder. The suspension was centrifuged at 15,344 ⁇ g for 50 min 4° C. The supernatant was discarded as the wash, and the pellet was resuspended in 100 ml water using a tissue grinder. The suspension was centrifuged at 27,216 ⁇ g for 30 min room temperature. The supernatant was discarded as the wash, and about 2 ⁇ 3 of the pellets were dissolved in 75 ml 8 M guanidine HCl, 50 mM tris HCl, pH 8.0 by agitation for about 15 min.
  • the suspension was centrifuged at 27,216 ⁇ g for 30 min room temperature, and the supernatant was diluted with 18 ml water.
  • Sample was then loaded on to a 50 ml chelating sepharose fast flow column (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway, N.J.), loaded with NiCl 2 , at 5 ml/min.
  • Ni-Buffer A (6 M guanidine HCl, 37.5 ml tris HCl, pH 8.0) at 10 ml/min, eluted with two step of 10% and 100% Ni-Buffer B (6 M guanidine HCl, 37.5 mM tris HCl, 400 mM imidazole, pH 8.0).
  • Fractions containing the TTR fusion as determined by SDS-PAGE were pooled into a single Q-pool (9.5 ml). Concentrated Q-Pool to 3.2 ml using a Millipore CENTRIPREPTM 30 kDa and filtered through a Pall MUSTANGS E membrane at about 1 ml/min. Diluted Q-Pool to 6.5 ml with water and added 375 ⁇ l acetonitrile.
  • the protein concentration was determined to be 7.7 mg/ml using a calculated extinction coefficient of 25,440 M ⁇ 1 cm ⁇ 1 .
  • the pyrogen level was determined to be ⁇ 1 EU/mg of protein using the Limulus Ameboycyte Lysate assay (Associates of Cape Cod, Falmouth, Mass).
  • the nucleic acid content was determined to be negligible, since the ratio of the absorbance at 260 nm over 280 nm was determined to be 0.54.
  • This example shows the effect of injecting pegylated GLP1-TTR constructs into mice on blood glucose levels.
  • 40 male, db/db, 9 week-old mice were split into 4 groups and injected (hour 0) intraperitoneal with 7.4-16.6 mg test protein per animal (538 pmol monomers for all groups) (5K pegylated GLP1-TTR fusion construct 10 mg, 20K pegylated GLP1-TTR fusion construct 10 mg, GLP1-Fc 16.6 mg, and a TTR(C10A) control 7.4 mg).
  • Each group was bled at time points 0(baseline measurement), 1, 4, 6, 12, 24, and 48 hours post injection. Food was withheld from the mice for the first 6 hours of the experiment and replaced after the bleed at the 6 hour time point.
  • This example shows the effect of injecting TMP-TTR constructs with fused antibody CH2 domains into mice on blood platelet count.
  • 50 female BDF1 mice were split into 5 groups and injected (day 0) subcutaneously with 50 mg test protein per kg animal (TMP fusion construct, Fc-TMP, or a TTR(C10A) control). Each group was divided in half and bled (140 ml) on alternate time points (day 0, 3, 5, 7, and 10). Mice were anesthetized with isoflurane prior to collection.
  • This example shows the effect of injecting pegylated TTR constructs with TMP fused to the carboxy-terminus of pegylated TTR into mice on blood platelet count.
  • 80 BDF1 mice were split into 8 groups and injected (day 0) subcutaneously with 50 mg test protein per kg animal (TMP fusion constructs, Fc-TMP, or a TTR(C10A) control). Each group was divided in half and bled (140 ml) on alternate time points (day 0, 3, 5, 7, 10, and 12). Mice were anesthetized with isoflurane prior to collection.
  • This example shows the effect of injecting pegylated TTR-TMP constructs containing a K15A alteration into mice on blood platelet count.
  • 120 BDF1 mice were split into 12 groups and injected (day 0) subcutaneously with 50 mg test protein per kg animal (TMP fusion constructs, Fc-TMP, or a TTR(C10A) control) (this study was split into two batches (PEG 20K in one and the PEG 5K and non-pegylated samples in the other) completed at separate times with repeated controls). Each group was divided in half and bled (140 ml) on alternate time points (day 0, 3, 5, 7, 10, and 12). Mice were anesthetized with isoflurane prior to collection.
  • the collected blood was analyzed for a complete and differential count using an ADVIA 120 automated blood analyzer with murine software (Bayer Diagnostics, New York, N.Y.).
  • the two non-pegylated constructs outperformed the baseline (1.3 ⁇ 10 12 platelets L-1) with platelet responses at day 5 rising between 1.8 ⁇ 10 12 and 2.0 ⁇ 10 12 platelets L-1.
  • Fc-TMP and the three 5K pegylated fusions showed equivalent responses at day 5 with platelet counts rising between 3.5 ⁇ 10 12 and 4.4 ⁇ 10 12 platelets L-1 which is at least 2.7 times baseline (1.3 ⁇ 10 12 platelets L-1).
  • FIG. 15A the two non-pegylated constructs outperformed the baseline (1.3 ⁇ 10 12 platelets L-1) with platelet responses at day 5 rising between 1.8 ⁇ 10 12 and 2.0 ⁇ 10 12 platelets L-1.
  • Fc-TMP and the three 5K pegylated fusions showed equivalent responses at day 5 with platelet counts rising between 3.5 ⁇ 10 12 and
  • the 20K pegylated TTR constructs appear to have an improved sustained response with platelets at day 7 ranging from 3.7 ⁇ 10 12 to 4.9 ⁇ 10 12 platelets L-1 compared to Fc-TMP at 3.1 ⁇ 10 12 platelets L-1.
  • This sustained response is maintained at day 10 for the three 20K pegylated TTR constructs with platelets ranging from 2.3 ⁇ 10 12 to 3.1 ⁇ 10 12 platelets L-1 compared to Fc-TMP at 2.0 ⁇ 10 12 platelets L-1.

Abstract

The present invention provides a means for increasing the serum half-life of a selected biologically active agent by utilizing transthyretin (TTR) as a fusion partner with a biologically active agent. Specifically, the present invention provides substantially homogenous preparations of TTR (or a TTR variant)-biologically active agent fusions and PEG-TTR (PEG-TTR variant)-biologically active agent fusions. As compared to the biologically active agent alone, the TTR-biologically active agent fusion and/or PEG-TTR-biologically active agent fusion has substantially increased serum half-life.

Description

  • This application is a Continuation in Part of U.S. application Ser. No. 10/117,109, filed Apr. 4, 2002, which is hereby incorporated by reference.[0001]
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Proteins, peptides and other drug molecules for therapeutic use are currently available in suitable forms in adequate quantities largely as a result of the advances in recombinant DNA technologies. The availability of such peptides and proteins has engendered advances in protein formulation and chemical modification. Chemical modification of biologically active peptides, proteins, oligonucleotides and other drugs for purposes of extending the serum half-life of such bioactive agents has been extensively studied. The ability to extend the serum half-life of such agents allows for the therapeutic potential of the agent to be realized without the need for high dosages and frequent administration. [0002]
  • Chemical modification used to extend the half-lives of proteins in vivo includes the chemical conjugation of a water soluble polymer, such as polyethylene glycol (PEG), to the protein of interest. A variety of approaches have been used to attach the polyethylene glycol molecules to the protein (PEGylation). For example, Royer (U.S. Pat. No. 4,002,531) states that reductive alkylation was used for attachment of polyethylene glycol molecules to an enzyme. Davis et al. (U.S. Pat. No. 4,179,337) disclose PEG:protein conjugates involving, for example, enzymes and insulin. Shaw (U.S. Pat. No. 4,904,584) disclose the modification of the number of lysine residues in proteins for the attachment of polyethylene glycol molecules via reactive amine groups. Hakimi et al. (U.S. Pat. No. 5,834,594) disclose substantially non-immunogenic water soluble PEG:protein conjugates, involving for example, the proteins IL-2, interferon alpha, and IL-1ra. The methods of Hakimi et al. involve the utilization of unique linkers to connect the various free amino groups in the protein to PEG. Kinstler et al. (U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,824,784 and 5,985,265) teach methods allowing for selectively N-terminally chemically modified proteins and analogs thereof, including G-CSF and consensus interferon. [0003]
  • Other approaches designed to extend the serum half-life of bioactive agents include: conjugation of the peptides to a large, stable protein which is too large to be filtered through the kidneys (e.g., serum albumin); G. D. Mao et al., [0004] Biomat., Art. Cells, Art. Org. 17:229-244 (1989); use of low- and high-density lipoproteins as transport vehicles and to increase serum half-life; P. Chris de Smidt et al., Nuc. Acids. Res., 19(17):4695-4700 (1991); the use of the Fc region of immunoglobulins to produce Fc-protein fusions; PCT WO 98/28427 (Mann et al, and references cited therein); and the use of the Fc domain to increase in vivo half-life of one or more biologically active peptides; PCT WO 00/24782 (Feige et al, and references cited therein).
  • Transthyretin (TTR) (formerly called prealbumin) is a 56 kDa tetrameric serum protein that plays important physiological roles as a transporter of thyroxine and retinol-binding protein; Hamilton and Benson, [0005] Cell. Mol. Life Sci., 58:1491-1521 (2001), and references cited therein. Blaney et al., in U.S. Pat. No. 5,714,142, describe the exploitation of TTR by endowing the drug to be administered with functionality that allows it to bind specifically to the protein. Specifically, Blaney et al. demonstrate that covalent attachment of a peptide, protein, nucleotide, oligonucleotide, oligosaccharide or other drug to a transthyretin-selective ligand will reversibly bind the drug to TTR and thereby increase the serum half-life of the agent based on the affinity of the ligand for TTR. It is stated that the intrinsic activity of the drug is not adversely affected and the resulting drug-TTR ligand conjugate will still be small enough to be orally absorbed.
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • It has been found, surprisingly and importantly, that TTR (or a TTR variant), and in particular, a TTR or TTR variant which has been chemically modified via conjugation to a water soluble polymer, e.g., can be used as a fusion partner with a biologically active agent to increase the serum half-life of the biologically active agent. Accordingly, the present invention provides a means for increasing the serum half-life of a selected biologically active agent. [0006]
  • The present invention thus relates to substantially homogenous preparations of TTR (or a TTR variant)-biologically active agent fusions and PEG-TTR (PEG-TTR variant)-biologically active agent fusions. As compared to the biologically active agent alone, the TTR-biologically active agent fusion and/or PEG-TTR-biologically active agent fusion has substantially increased serum half-life. [0007]
  • The present invention further relates to TTR-biologically active agent fusions and PEG-TTR-biologically active agent fusions, in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, to provide a pharmacologically active compound. [0008]
  • The present invention further relates to the preparation of TTR variants. Specifically, TTR proteins are modified such that cysteine residue(s) are engineered into the TTR protein sequence. The TTR variants are recoverable in high yield and are then chemically modified via conjugation of a water soluble polymer at the cysteine residue to provide a chemically modified TTR variant which can then be fused to a selected biologically active agent. [0009]
  • The present invention further relates to processes for preparing pharmacologically active compounds. For example, the principal embodiment of the method for making the substantially homogenous preparation of a PEG-TTR-peptide fusion comprises: (a) engineering a cysteine residue into a specific amino acid position within the amino acid sequence of said TTR to provide a variant of said TTR; (b) conjugating a polyethylene glycol to said TTR variant at said cysteine residue to provide a PEG-TTR; (c) fusing said PEG-TTR to a peptide of interest to provide a PEG-TTR-peptide fusion; and (d) isolating said PEG-TTR-peptide fusion. [0010]
  • The present invention also relates to methods of treatment of individuals using the pharmacologically active compounds as above.[0011]
    • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 is an SDS gel that depicts the purification of an [0012] E. coli expressed, recombinant human transthyretin (TTR) variant (C10A/G83C) with a Bradykinin peptide fused to the C-terminus of TTR. Lane 1 contains Novex Mark 12 molecular weight standards, and lanes 2-7 contain the following respectively: cell lysate, post-heating supernatant, pool from Q-sepharose chromatography step, pool from phenyl sepharose chromatography step, pool from hydroxyapatite chromatography step, and pool from source Q chromatography step.
  • FIG. 2 demonstrates by size exclusion chromatography that fusion of peptides to the amino-terminus or carboxy-terminus of a TTR variant, TTR(C10A/G83C), does not alter its oligomeric structure. Solid line is TTR(C10A/G83C), dashed line is parathyroid hormone (PTH) fused to the amino-terminus of TTR(C10A/G83C), and the dotted line is Bradykinin fused to the carboxy-terminus of TTR(C10A/G83C). [0013]
  • FIG. 3 demonstrates by size exclusion chromatography that fusion of proteins to the amino-terminus or carboxy-terminus of a TTR variant, TTR(C10A), does not alter its oligomeric structure. Solid line is TTR(C10A), dashed line is IL-1-ra fused to the carboxy-terminus of TTR(C10A), and the dotted line is IL-1-ra fused to the amino-terminus of TTR(C10A). [0014]
  • FIG. 4 shows the binding observed using BIAcore of various TPO-mimetic peptide (TMP) constructs to human MPL receptor: ▪ Fc-TMP,  TMP(m)-TTR, ▴ TMP(m)-TTR-PEG5K, ▾ TMP(m)-TTR-PEG20K. [0015]
  • FIG. 5 shows that injection of TMP(m)-TTR-PEG5K induces platelet formation in mice. The following symbols correspond to the corresponding constructs: ▪ Carrier,  Fc-TMP, ▴ TTR-TMP, ▾ TMP(m)-TTR, and ♦ TMP(m)-TTR-PEG5K. [0016]
  • FIG. 6 demonstrates by size exclusion chromatography that native TTR and TTR(C10A) maintain a similar oligomeric configuration (an apparent tetramer). Solid line is native TTR and the dashed line is TTR(C10A). [0017]
  • FIG. 7 demonstrates by size exclusion chromatography that conjugation of PEG to TTR increases its molecular size in a predictable uniform manner. Solid lines indicate no PEG conjugated, dashed lines indicate 5K PEG fused, and dotted lines indicate 20K PEG fused. The following constructs were used: A) TMP-TTR(C10A/A37C), B) TMP-TTR(C10A/D38C), C) TMP-TTR(C10A/A81C), and D) TMP-TTR(C10A/G83C). [0018]
  • FIG. 8 is an SDS gel that depicts the extent of pegylation of various TMP-TTR constructs involving TTR variants having a non-native cysteine engineered in at one of four different locations. [0019] Lane 1 contains Novex Mark 12 molecular weight standards; lane 2 is unpegylated TMP-TTR(C10A/A37C); lanes 3-6 are 5K pegylated versions of TMP-TTR(C10A/A37C), TMP-TTR(C10A/D38C), TMP-TTR(C10A/A81C), and TMP-TTR(C10A/G83C) respectively; lanes 7-10 are 20K pegylated versions of TMP-TTR(C10A/A37C), TMP-TTR(C10A/D38C), TMP-TTR(C10A/A81C), and TMP-TTR(C10A/G83C), respectively.
  • FIGS. [0020] 9A-C compare the competitive binding of Fc-TMP and TMP-TTR to human MPL by BIAcore analysis. A) ▪ Fc-TMP,  TMP-TTR(C10A/A37C), ▴ TMP-TTR(C10A/D38C), ▾ TMP-TTR(C10A/A81C), ♦ TMP-TTR(C10A/G83C). B) ▪ Fc-TMP, 5K pegylated versions of TMP-TTR(C10A/A37C) (), TMP-TTR(C10A/D38C) (▴), TMP-TTR(C10A/A81C)(▾), TMP-TTR(C10A/G83C)(♦). C) ▪ Fc-TMP, 20K pegylated versions of TMP-TTR(C10A/A37C)(), TMP-TTR(C10A/D38C) (▾), TMP-TTR(C10A/A81C) (▴), TMP-TTR(C10A/G83C)(♦).
  • FIGS. [0021] 10A-C show that injection of TMP-TTR with PEG conjugated to engineered cysteines induces platelet formation in mice. A) ▪ TTR(C10A),  Fc-TMP, ▾ TMP-TTR(C10A/A37C), ▴ TMP-TTR(C10A/D38C) (carboxamidomethylated), ♦ TMP-TTR(C10A/A81C),
    Figure US20030195154A1-20031016-P00900
    TMP-TTR(C10A/G83C). B) ▪ TTR(C10A),  Fc-TMP, 5K pegylated versions of TMP-TTR(C10A/A37C) (▾), TMP-TTR(C10A/D38C)(▴), TMP-TTR(C10A/A81C) (♦), TMP-TTR(C10A/G83C)(
    Figure US20030195154A1-20031016-P00900
    ). C) ▪ TTR(C10A),  Fc-TMP, 20K pegylated versions of TMP-TTR(C10A/A37C) (▾), TMP-TTR(C10A/D38C) (▴), TMP-TTR(C10A/A81C)(♦), TMP-TTR(C10A/G83C) (
    Figure US20030195154A1-20031016-P00900
    ).
  • FIG. 11 shows that injection of PTH-TTR with PEG conjugated to engineered cysteines induces ionized calcium release in mice. The following symbols correspond to the corresponding constructs: ▪ TTR(C10A),  PTH-Fc, ▾ PTH-TTR, ▴ PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/A37C) (carboxamidomethylated), ♦ 5K pegylated version of PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/A37C), [0022]
    Figure US20030195154A1-20031016-P00900
    20K pegylated version of PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/A37C), z,901 PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C) (carboxamidomethylated),
    Figure US20030195154A1-20031016-P00902
    5K pegylated version of PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C), and
    Figure US20030195154A1-20031016-P00903
    20K pegylated version of PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C).
  • FIG. 12 shows that injection of Glucagon-like Peptide 1 (GLP1)-TTR with PEG conjugated to engineered cysteines lowers blood glucose levels in mice. The following symbols correspond to the corresponding constructs: ▪ TTR(C10A),  GLP1-Fc, ▾ GLPl-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C) (PEG 5K), and ▴ GLP1-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C) (PEG 20K). [0023]
  • FIG. 13 shows that injection of TMP-TTR conjugates with fused CH2 domains increase serum platelet levels in mice. The following symbols correspond to the corresponding constructs: ▪ TTR(C10A),  Fc-TMP, A TMP-TTR(C10A)-CH2, ▴ TTR(C10A)-CH2-TMP, and ♦ TMP-CH2-TTR(C10A). [0024]
  • FIG. 14 shows that injection of and carboxy-terminal fusions of TMP with pegylated TTR increases blood platelet counts in mice. The following symbols correspond to the corresponding constructs: ▪ TTR(C10A),  Fc-TMP, ▾ TTR(C10A/K15A/A37C)-TMP (PEG 20K), ▴ TTR(C10A/K15A/A81C)-TMP (PEG 20K), ♦ TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C)-TMP (PEG 20K), [0025]
    Figure US20030195154A1-20031016-P00900
    TMP-TTR(C10A/K15A/A37C) (PEG 20K),
    Figure US20030195154A1-20031016-P00901
    TMP-TTR(C10A/K15A/A81C) (PEG 20K),
    Figure US20030195154A1-20031016-P00903
    TMP-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C) (PEG 20K).
  • FIGS. [0026] 15A-C show that injection of pegylated TMP-TTR fusions containing a K15A alteration increases blood platelet counts in mice. The following symbols correspond to the corresponding constructs: A) ▪ TTR(C10A),  Fc-TMP, ▾ TMP-TTR(C10A/K15A/A37C) (carboxyamidomethylated), and ▴ TMP-TTR(C10A/K15A/A81C) (carboxyamidomethylated); B) ▪ TTR(C10A),  Fc-TMP, ▾ TMP-TTR(C10A/K15A/A37C) (PEG 5K), ▴ TMP-TTR(C10A/K15A/A81C) (PEG 5K), and ♦ TMP-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C) (PEG 5K); C) ▪ TTR(C10A),  Fc-TMP, ▾ TMP-TTR(C10A/K15A/A37C) (PEG 20K), ▴ TMP-TTR(C10A/K15A/A81C) (PEG 20K), and ♦ TMP-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C) (PEG 20K).
    • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • For purposes of describing the present invention, the following terms are defined as set forth below. [0027]
  • The term “biologically active agent” refers to any chemical material or compound useful for prophylactic, therapeutic or diagnostic application. The term “pharmacologically active compound” refers to a compound suitable for administration to a mammalian, preferably a human individual, which induces a desired local or systemic effect. [0028]
  • The terms “peptide”, “polypeptide” and “protein” describe a type of biologically active agents, and the terms are used interchangeably herein to refer to a naturally occurring, recombinantly produced or chemically synthesized polymer of amino acids. The terms are intended to include peptide molecules containing as few as 2 amino acids, chemically modified polypeptides, consensus molecules, analogs, derivatives or combinations thereof. [0029]
  • Any number of peptides may be used in conjunction with the present invention. Of particular interest are peptides that mimic the activity of erythropoietin (EPO), thrombopoietin (TPO), Glucagon-like Peptide 1 (GLP-1), parathyroid hormone (PTH), granulocyte-colony stimulating factor (G-CSF), granulocyte macrophage-colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF), interleukin-1 receptor antagonist (IL-1ra), leptin, cytotoxic T-lymphocyte antigen 4 (CTLA4), TNF-related apoptosis-inducing ligand (TRAIL), tumor growth factor-alpha and beta (TGF-α and TGF-β, respectively), and growth hormones. The terms “-mimetic peptide” and “-agonist peptide” refer to a peptide having biological activity comparable to a protein (e.g., GLP-1, PTH, EPO, TPO, G-CSF, etc.) that interacts with a protein of interest. These terms further include peptides that indirectly mimic the activity of a protein of interest, such as by potentiating the effects of the natural ligand of the protein of interest. Thus, the term “EPO-mimetic peptide” comprises any peptides that can be identified or derived as having EPO-mimetic subject matter; see, for example, Wrighton et al., [0030] Science, 273:458-63 (1996); and Naranda et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 96:7569-74 (1999). Those of ordinary skill in the art appreciate that each of these references enables one to select different peptides than actually disclosed therein by following the disclosed procedures with different peptide libraries.
  • The term “TPO-mimetic peptide” (TMP) comprises peptides that can be identified or derived as having TPO-mimetic subject matter; see, for example, Cwirla et al., [0031] Science, 276:1696-9 (1997); U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,869,451 and 5,932,946; and PCT WO 00/24782 (Liu et al, and references cited therein), hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Those of ordinary skill in the art appreciate that each of these references enables one to select different peptides than actually disclosed therein by following the disclosed procedures with different peptide libraries.
  • The term “G-CSF-mimetic peptide” comprises any peptides that can be identified as having G-CSF-mimetic subject matter; see, for example, Paukovits et al., [0032] Hoppe-Seylers Z. Physiol. Chem. 365:303-11 (1984). Those of ordinary skill in the art appreciate that each of these references enables one to select different peptides than actually disclosed therein by following the disclosed procedures with different peptide libraries.
  • The term “CTLA4-mimetic peptide” comprises any peptides that can be identified or derived as described in Fukumoto et al., [0033] Nature Biotech. 16:267-70 (1998). Those of ordinary skill in the art appreciate that each of these references enables one to select different peptides than actually disclosed therein by following the disclosed procedures with different peptide libraries.
  • Peptide antagonists are also of interest, particularly those antagonistic to the activity of TNF, leptin, any of the interleukins, and proteins involved in complement activation (e.g., C3b). The term “-antagonist peptide” or “inhibitor peptide” refers to a peptide that blocks or in some way interferes with the biological activity of the associated protein of interest, or has biological activity comparable to a known antagonist or inhibitor of the associated protein of interest. Thus, the term “TNF-antagonist peptide” comprises peptides that can be identified or derived as having TNF-antagonistic subject matter; see, foe example, Takasaki et al., [0034] Nature Biotech., 15:1266-70 (1997). Those of ordinary skill in the art appreciate that each of these references enables one to select different peptides than actually disclosed therein by following the disclosed procedures with different peptide libraries.
  • The terms “IL-1 antagonist” and “IL-1ra-mimetic peptide” comprises peptides that inhibit or down-regulate activation of the IL-1 receptor by IL-1. IL-1 receptor activation results from formation of a complex among IL-1, IL-1 receptor, and IL-1 receptor accessory protein. IL-1 antagonist or IL-1ra-mimetic peptides bind to IL-1, IL-1 receptor, or IL-1 receptor accessory protein and obstruct complex formation among any two or three components of the complex. Exemplary IL-1 antagonist or IL-1ra-mimetic peptides can be identified or derived as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,608,035, 5,786,331, 5,880,096. Those of ordinary skill in the art appreciate that each of these references enables one to select different peptides than actually disclosed therein by following the disclosed procedures with different peptide libraries. [0035]
  • The term “VEGF-antagonist peptide” comprises peptides that can be identified or derived as having VEGF-antagonistic subject matter; see, for example, Fairbrother, [0036] Biochem., 37:17754-64 (1998). Those of ordinary skill in the art appreciate that each of these references enables one to select different peptides than actually disclosed therein by following the disclosed procedures with different peptide libraries.
  • The term “MMP inhibitor peptide” comprises peptides that can be identified or derived as having MMP inhibitory subject matter; see, for example, Koivunen, [0037] Nature Biotech., 17:768-74 (1999). Those of ordinary skill in the art appreciate that each of these references enables one to select different peptides than actually disclosed therein by following the disclosed procedures with different peptide libraries.
  • Targeting peptides are also of interest, including tumor-homing peptides, membrane-transporting peptides, and the like. [0038]
  • Exemplary peptides may be randomly generated by various techniques known in the art. For example, solid phase synthesis techniques are well known in the art, and include those described in Merrifield, [0039] Chem. Polypeptides, pp. 335-61 (Katsoyannis and Panayotis eds.)(1973); Merrifield, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 85:2149 (1963); Davis et al., Biochem. Intl., 10:394-414 (1985); Stewart and Young, Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis (1969); U.S. Pat. No. 3,941,763; Finn et al., The Proteins, 3rd ed., 2:105-253 (1976); and Erickson et al., The Proteins, 3rd ed., 2:257-527 (1976). Solid phase synthesis is the preferred technique of making individual peptides since it is the most cost-effective method of making small peptides.
  • Phage display is another useful method in generating peptides for use in the present invention. It has been stated that affinity selection from libraries of random peptides can be used to identify peptide ligands for any site of any gene product; Dedman et al., [0040] J. Biol. Chem., 268:23025-30 (1993). Phage display is particularly well suited for identifying peptides that bind to such proteins of interest as cell surface receptors or any proteins having linear epitopes; Wilson et al., Can. J. Microbiol., 44:313-29 (1998); Kay et al., Drug Disc. Today, 3:370-8 (1998). Such proteins are extensively reviewed in Herz et al., J. Receptor & Signal Transduction Res., 17(5):671-776 (1997), which is hereby incorporated by reference.
  • The peptides may also be made in transformed host cells using recombinant DNA techniques. To do so, a recombinant DNA molecule coding for the peptide is prepared. Methods of preparing such DNA and/or RNA molecules are well known in the art. For instance, sequences coding for the peptides could be excised from DNA using suitable restriction enzymes. The relevant sequences can be created using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) with the inclusion of useful restriction sites for subsequent cloning. Alternatively, the DNA/RNA molecule could be synthesized using chemical synthesis techniques, such as the phosphoramidite method. Also, a combination of these techniques could be used. [0041]
  • Additional biologically active agents contemplated for use include recombinant or naturally occurring proteins, whether human or animal, hormones, cytokines, hematopoietic factors, growth factors, antiobesity factors, trophic factors, anti-inflammatory factors, and enzymes. Such proteins would include but are not limited to interferons (see, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,372,808, 5,541,293 4,897,471, and 4,695,623 hereby incorporated by reference including drawings), interleukins (see, U.S. Pat. No. 5,075,222, hereby incorporated by reference including drawings), erythropoietins (see, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,703,008, 5,441,868, 5,618,698 5,547,933, and 5,621,080 hereby incorporated by reference including drawings), granulocyte-colony stimulating factors (see, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,810,643, 4,999,291, 5,581,476, 5,582,823, and PCT Publication No. 94/17185, hereby incorporated by reference including drawings), stem cell factor (PCT Publication Nos. 91/05795, 92/17505 and 95/17206, hereby incorporated by reference including drawings), NESP(PCT Publication No. US94/02957, hereby incorporated by reference including drawings), osteoprotegerin (PCT Publication No. 97/23614, hereby incorporated by reference including drawings), interleukin-1 receptor antagonist (IL-1ra)(PCT Publication Nos. 91/08285 and 92/16221) and leptin (OB protein) (PCT publication Nos. 96/40912, 96/05309, 97/00128, 97/01010 and 97/06816 hereby incorporated by reference including figures). [0042]
  • In addition, biologically active agents can also include but are not limited to insulin, gastrin, prolactin, adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH), thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH), luteinizing hormone (LH), follicle stimulating hormone (FSH), human chorionic gonadotropin (HCG), motilin, interferons (alpha, beta, gamma), interleukins (IL-1 to IL-12), tumor necrosis factor (TNF), tumor necrosis factor-binding protein (TNF-bp), brain derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF), glial derived neurotrophic factor (GDNF), neurotrophic factor 3 (NT3), fibroblast growth factors (FGF), neurotrophic growth factor (NGF), bone growth factors such as osteoprotegerin (OPG), insulin-like growth factors (IGFs), macrophage colony stimulating factor (M-CSF), granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF), megakaryocyte derived growth factor (MGDF), keratinocyte growth factor (KGF), thrombopoietin, platelet-derived growth factor (PGDF), colony simulating growth factors (CSFs), bone morphogenetic protein (BMP), superoxide dismutase (SOD), tissue plasminogen activator (TPA), urokinase, streptokinase and kallikrein. [0043]
  • Transthyretin (TTR) contemplated for use in the present invention will have the DNA and amino acid sequences of TTR as reported in Mita et al., [0044] Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun., 124(2):558-564 (1984). These sequences have been deposited in Genbank as accession number K02091. The 127 amino acid TTR sequence used herein does not include the signal sequence (amino acids 1-20) of the K02091 sequence and is depicted below as SEQ ID NO:1.
    GPTGTGESKCPLMVKVLDAVRGSPAINVAVHVFRKAADDTWEPFASGKTSESGEL SEQ ID NO:1
    HGLTTEEEFVEGIYKVEIDTKSYWKALGISPFHEHAEVVFTANDSGPRRYTIAAL
    LSPYSYSTTAVVTNPKE
  • The term “TTR variant” refers to a molecule or sequence that is a modified form of a native TTR. For example, a native TTR comprises sites that may be removed because they provide structural features or biological activity that are not required for the fusion molecules of the present invention. Thus, the term “TTR variant” comprises a molecule or sequence that lacks one or more native TTR sites or residues or that has had one or more native TTR sites or residues replaced with a different amino acid or that has had one or more residues added to the sequence. For purposes of an example, a TTR variant wherein the Alanine residue at amino acid sequence position 37 has been replaced with a Cysteine residue, will be designated TTR variant (A37C); and a TTR variant wherein both the Alanine residue at amino acid sequence position 37 and the Glycine residue at amino acid sequence position 83 have both been replaced with a Cysteine residue will be designated TTR variant (A37C/G83C). [0045]
  • In one embodiment, a TTR or TTR variant fused to a biologically active agent may be fused to a third protein or protein fragment that further stabilizes the TTR-biologically active agent fusion protein, and thereby increases the half-life of the resulting fusion in serum. Examples of such additional proteins or fragments thereof that can be used in such methods and compositions include the Fc domain or CH2 domain of an immunoglobulin, or any other protein domain that one of skill in the art would recognize as having properties that would increase protein stability (see, e.g., Example 29 below). Such protein groups can be fused to the carboxy or amino terminus of the TTR-biologically active agent fusion protein, or can be placed between the TTR and the biologically active agent. It is contemplated that linkers or spacers can be placed, as needed, between each of the domains of the fusion protein to facilitate their desired activity. [0046]
  • In another embodiment, the TTR or TTR variant of the invention can be chemically crosslinked to the biologically active agent. Cross-linking of proteins can be performed by using, for example, N-succinimidyl 3-(2-pyridyldithio) propionate (SPDP) according to established, published procedures. Additional cross-linking agents are readily available and can be identified by one of skill in the art. For details on the above procedure, see, e.g., Karpovsky et al, J. Exp. Med. 160, 1686-1701 (1984); Perez et al, Nature, 316, 354-356 (1985) or Titus et al, Journal of Immunology, 139, 3153-3158 (1987). [0047]
  • In another embodiment, a molecule can be covalently linked to the fusion protein such that stability and/or half-life in serum are increased. For example, a preferred TTR or TTR variant may be chemically modified using water soluble polymers such as polyethylene glycol (PEG). The PEG group may be of any convenient molecular weight and may be straight chain or branched. The average molecular weight of the PEG will preferably range from about 2 kDa to about 100 kDa, more preferably from about 5 kDa to about 50 kDa, most preferably about 20 kDa. [0048]
  • The PEG groups will generally be attached to the compounds of the invention via acylation, reductive alkylation, Michael addition, thiol alkylation or other chemoselective conjugation/ligation methods through a reactive group on the peg moiety (e.g., an aldehyde, amino, ester, thiol, -haloacetyl, maleimido or hydrazino group) to a reactive group on the target compound (e.g., an aldehyde, amino, ester, thiol, haloacetyl, maleimido or hydrazino group). [0049]
  • Other water soluble polymers used include copolymers of ethylene glycol/propylene glycol, carboxymethylcellulose, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, poly-1,3-dioxolane, poly-1,3,6-trioxane, ethylene/maleic anhydride copolymer, polyaminoacids (either homopolymers or random copolymers), and dextran. [0050]
  • A DNA molecule encoding the peptide of interest, protein of interest, TTR or TTR variant can be prepared using well known recombinant DNA technology methods such as those set forth in Sambrook et al. ([0051] Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. [1989]) and/or Ausubel et al., eds, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Green Publishers Inc. and Wiley and Sons, NY (1994). A gene or cDNA encoding the protein of interest or fragment thereof may be obtained for example by screening a genomic or cDNA library with a suitable probe. Suitable probes include, for example, oligonucleotides, cDNA fragments, or genomic DNA fragments, that are expected to have some homology to the gene encoding the protein of interest, such that the probe will hybridize with the gene encoding the protein of interest under selected hybridization conditions. An alternate means of screening a DNA library is by polymerase chain reaction “PCR” amplification of the gene encoding the protein of interest. PCR is typically accomplished using oligonucleotide “primers” which have a sequence that is believed to have sufficient homology to the gene to be amplified such that at least a sufficient portion of the primer will hybridize with the gene.
  • Alternatively, a gene encoding the peptide of interest or protein of interest may be prepared by chemical synthesis using methods well known to the skilled artisan such as those described by Engels et al., [0052] Angew. Chem. Intl. Ed., 28:716-734 (1989). These methods include, inter alia, the phosphotriester, phosphoramidite, and H-phosphonate methods for nucleic acid synthesis. A preferred method for such chemical synthesis is polymer-supported synthesis using standard phosphoramidite chemistry. Typically, the DNA encoding the protein of interest will be several hundred nucleotides in length. Nucleic acids larger than about 100 nucleotides can be synthesized as several fragments using these methods. The fragments can then be ligated together to form a gene coding for the full length protein of interest. Usually, the DNA fragment encoding the amino terminus of the polypeptide will have an ATG, which encodes a methionine residue. This methionine may or may not be present on the mature form of the protein of interest. The methionine can be removed inside the cell or during the process of secretion. Preferred TTR polypeptides may include TTR with the nucleic acid sequence altered to optimize expression in E. coli and to introduce convenient restriction sites. A general discussion of codon optimization for expression in E. coli is described in Kane, Curr. Opin. Biotechnol., 6:494-500 (1995).
  • Once the genes encoding the protein of interest and the TTR polypeptide have been obtained, they may be modified using standard methods to create restriction endonuclease sites at the 5′ and/or 3′ ends. Creation of the restriction sites permits the genes to be properly inserted into amplification and/or expression vectors. Addition of restriction sites is typically accomplished using PCR, where one primer of each PCR reaction typically contains, inter alia, the nucleotide sequence of the desired restriction site. [0053]
  • The gene or cDNA encoding the peptide of interest, or protein of interest can be inserted into an appropriate expression vector for expression in a host cell. The vector is selected to be functional in the particular host cell employed (i.e., the vector is compatible with the host cell machinery such that amplification and/or expression of the gene encoding the protein of interest can occur). [0054]
  • Typically, the vectors used in any of the host cells will contain a promoter (also referred to as a “5′ flanking sequence”) and other regulatory elements as well such as an enhancer(s), an origin of replication element, a transcriptional termination element, a ribosome binding site element, a polylinker region for inserting the nucleic acid encoding the polypeptide to be expressed, and a selectable marker element. Each of these elements is discussed below. Optionally, the vector may contain a “tag” DNA sequence, i.e., an oligonucleotide sequence located at either the 5′ or 3′ end of the fusion DNA construct. The tag DNA encodes a molecule such as hexaHis, c-myc, FLAG (Invitrogen, San Diego, Calif.) or another small immunogenic sequence. When placed in the proper reading frame, this tag will be expressed along with the fusion protein, and can serve as an affinity tag for purification of the fusion protein from the host cell. Optionally, the tag can subsequently be removed from the purified fusion protein by various means such as using a selected peptidase for example. [0055]
  • The promoter may be homologous (i.e., from the same species and/or strain as the host cell), heterologous (i.e., from a species other than the host cell species or strain), hybrid (i.e., a combination of promoters from more than one source), synthetic, or it may be the native protein of interest promoter. Further, the promoter may be a constitutive or an inducible promoter. As such, the source of the promoter may be any unicellular prokaryotic or eukaryotic organism, any vertebrate or invertebrate organism, or any plant, provided that the promoter is functional in, and can be activated by, the host cell machinery. [0056]
  • The promoters useful in the vectors of this invention may be obtained by any of several methods well known in the art. Typically, promoters useful herein will have been previously identified by mapping and/or by restriction endonuclease digestion and can thus be isolated from the proper tissue source using the appropriate restriction endonucleases. In some cases, the full nucleotide sequence of the promoter may be known. Here, the promoter may be synthesized using the methods described above for nucleic acid synthesis or cloning. [0057]
  • Where all or only a portion of the promoter sequence is known, the complete promoter may be obtained using PCR and/or by screening a genomic library with suitable oligonucleotide and/or 5′ flanking sequence fragments from the same or another species. [0058]
  • Suitable promoters for practicing this invention are inducible promoters such as the lux promoter, the lac promoter, the arabinose promoter, the trp promoter, the tac promoter, the tna promoter, synthetic lambda promoters (from bacteriophage lambda), and the T5 or T7 promoters. Preferred promoters include the lux, and lac promoters. [0059]
  • The origin of replication element is typically a part of prokaryotic expression vectors whether purchased commercially or constructed by the user. In some cases, amplification of the vector to a certain copy number can be important for optimal expression of the protein or polypeptide of interest. In other cases, a constant copy number is preferred. In any case, a vector with an origin of replication that fulfills the requirements can be readily selected by the skilled artisan. If the vector of choice does not contain an origin of replication site, one may be chemically synthesized based on a known sequence, and ligated into the vector. [0060]
  • The transcription termination element is typically located 3′ of the end of the fusion protein DNA construct, and serves to terminate transcription of the RNA message coding for the fusion polypeptide. Usually, the transcription termination element in prokaryotic cells is a G-C rich fragment followed by a poly T sequence. While the element is easily cloned from a library or even purchased commercially as part of a vector, it can also be readily synthesized using methods for nucleic acid synthesis such as those described above. [0061]
  • Expression vectors typically contain a gene coding for a selectable marker. This gene encodes a protein necessary for the survival and growth of a host cell grown in a selective culture medium. Typical selection marker genes encode proteins that (a) confer resistance to antibiotics or other toxins, e.g., ampicillin, tetracycline, chloramphenicol, or kanamycin for prokaryotic host cells, (b) complement auxotrophic deficiencies of the cell; or (c) supply critical nutrients not available from complex media. Preferred selectable markers are the kanamycin resistance gene, the ampicillin resistance gene, the chloramphenicol resistance gene, and the tetracycline resistance gene. [0062]
  • The ribosome binding element, commonly called the Shine-Dalgarno sequence in prokaryotes, is necessary for the initiation of translation of mRNA. The element is typically located 3′ to the promoter and 5′ to the coding sequence of the fusion protein DNA construct. The Shine-Dalgarno sequence is varied but is typically a polypurine (i.e., having a high A-G content). Many Shine-Dalgarno sequences have been identified, each of which can be readily synthesized using methods set forth above and used in a prokaryotic vector. [0063]
  • Where one or more of the elements set forth above are not already present in the vector to be used, they may be individually obtained and ligated into the vector. Methods used for obtaining each of the elements are well known to the skilled artisan and are comparable to the methods set forth above (i.e., synthesis of the DNA, library screening, and the like). [0064]
  • Each element may be individually ligated into the vector by cutting the vector with the appropriate restriction endonuclease(s) such that the ends of the element to be ligated in and the ends of the vector are compatible for ligation. In some cases, it may be necessary to “blunt” the ends to be ligated together in order to obtain a satisfactory ligation. Blunting can be accomplished by first filling in “sticky ends” using an enzyme such as Klenow DNA polymerase or T4 DNA polymerase in the presence of all four nucleotides. This procedure is well known in the art and is described for example in Sambrook et al., supra. [0065]
  • Alternatively, two or more of the elements to be inserted into the vector may first be ligated together (if they are to be positioned adjacent to each other) and then ligated into the vector. [0066]
  • Another method for constructing the vector is to conduct all ligations of the various elements simultaneously in one reaction mixture. Here, many nonsense or nonfunctional vectors may be generated due to improper ligation or insertion of the elements, however the functional vector may be identified by expression of the selectable marker. Proper sequence of the ligation product can be confirmed by digestion with restriction endonucleases or by DNA sequencing. [0067]
  • After the vector has been constructed and a fusion protein DNA construct has been inserted into the proper site of the vector, the completed vector may be inserted into a suitable host cell for fusion protein expression. [0068]
  • Host cells suitable for the present invention are bacterial cells. For example, the various strains of [0069] E. coli (e.g., HB101, JM109, DH5α, DH10, and MC1061) are well-known host cells for use in preparing recombinant polypeptides. The choice of bacterial strain is typically made so that the strain and the expression vector to be used are compatible. Various strains of B. subtilis, Pseudomonas spp., other Bacillus spp., Streptomyces spp., and the like may also be employed in practicing this invention in conjunction with appropriate expression vectors.
  • Insertion (also referred to as “transformation” or “transfection”) of the vector into the selected host cell may be accomplished using such methods as calcium phosphate precipitation or electroporation. The method selected will in part be a function of the type of host cell to be used. These methods and other suitable methods are well known to the skilled artisan, and are set forth, for example, in Sambrook et al., supra. [0070]
  • The host cells containing the vector (i.e., transformed or transfected host cells) may be cultured using one or more standard media well known to the skilled artisan. The selected medium will typically contain all nutrients necessary for the growth and survival of the host cells. Suitable media for culturing [0071] E. coli cells, are, for example, Luria broth (“LB”), YT broth, SOB, SOC, and/or Terrific Broth (“TB”).
  • There are several ways to prepare the DNA construct encoding the fusion protein which comprises the TTR gene, the gene encoding the peptide or protein of interest, and, optionally, a DNA molecule encoding a linker peptide which is located between the two genes. [0072]
  • In one procedure, the TTR gene and gene encoding the protein of interest (the “fusion partner genes”) can be ligated together in either orientation (e.g., TTR gene at the 5′ or 3′ end of the construct). Where a linker DNA molecule is to be included, it can first be ligated to one of the fusion partner genes, and that construct can then be ligated to the other fusion partner gene. Ligations are typically accomplished using DNA ligase enzyme in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. [0073]
  • A separate procedure provides for first ligating one fusion partner gene into the selected vector, after which the other fusion partner gene can be ligated into the vector in a position that is either 3′ or 5′ to the first fusion partner gene. Where a linker DNA molecule is to be included, the linker DNA molecule may be ligated to either fusion partner gene either before or after that gene has been ligated into the vector. [0074]
  • The TTR-TMPs of the present invention can be used to treat conditions generally known as those that involve an existing megakaryocyte/platelet deficiency or an expected megakaryocyte/platelet deficiency (e.g., because of planned surgery or platelet donation). Such conditions will usually be the result of a deficiency (temporary or permanent) of active Mp1 ligand in vivo. The generic term for platelet deficiency is thrombocytopenia, and hence the methods and compositions of the present invention are generally available for treating thrombocytopenia in patients in need thereof. Thrombocytopenia (platelet deficiencies) may be present for various reasons, including chemotherapy and other therapy with a variety of drugs, radiation therapy, surgery, accidental blood loss, and other specific disease conditions. [0075]
  • Exemplary specific disease conditions that involve thrombocytopenia and may be treated in accordance with this invention are: aplastic anemia, idiopathic thrombocytopenia, metastatic tumors which result in thrombocytopenia, systemic lupus erythematosus, splenomegaly, Fanconi's syndrome, vitamin B12 deficiency, folic acid deficiency, May-Hegglin anomaly, Wiskott-Aldrich syndrome, and paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria. Also, certain treatments for AIDS result in thrombocytopenia (e.g., AZT). Certain wound healing disorders might also benefit from an increase in platelet numbers. [0076]
  • With regard to anticipated platelet deficiencies, e.g., due to future surgery, a compound of the present invention could be administered several days to several hours prior to the need for platelets. With regard to acute situations, e.g., accidental and massive blood loss, a compound of this invention could be administered along with blood or purified platelets. [0077]
  • The TMP compounds of this invention may also be useful in stimulating certain cell types other than megakaryocytes if such cells are found to express Mpl receptor. Conditions associated with such cells that express the Mpl receptor, which are responsive to stimulation by the Mpl ligand, are also within the scope of this invention. [0078]
  • The TMP compounds of this invention may be used in any situation in which production of platelets or platelet precursor cells is desired, or in which stimulation of the c-Mpl receptor is desired. Thus, for example, the compounds of this invention may be used to treat any condition in a mammal wherein there is a need of platelets, megakaryocytes, and the like. Such conditions are described in detail in the following exemplary sources: WO95/26746; WO95/21919; WO95/18858; WO95/21920 and are incorporated herein. [0079]
  • The TMP compounds of this invention may also be useful in maintaining the viability or storage life of platelets and/or megakaryocytes and related cells. Accordingly, it could be useful to include an effective amount of one or more such compounds in a composition containing such cells. [0080]
  • The therapeutic methods, compositions and compounds of the present invention may also be employed, alone or in combination with other cytokines, soluble Mpl receptor, hematopoietic factors, interleukins, growth factors or antibodies in the treatment of disease states characterized by other symptoms as well as platelet deficiencies. It is anticipated that the inventive compound will prove useful in treating some forms of thrombocytopenia in combination with general stimulators of hematopoiesis, such as IL-3 or GM-CSF. Other megakaryocytic stimulatory factors, i.e., meg-CSF, stem cell factor (SCF), leukemia inhibitory factor (LIF), oncostatin M (OSM), or other molecules with megakaryocyte stimulating activity may also be employed with Mpl ligand. Additional exemplary cytokines or hematopoietic factors for such co-administration include IL-1 alpha, IL-1 beta, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-11, colony stimulating factor-1 (CSF-1), SCF, GM-CSF, granulocyte colony stimulating factor (G-CSF), EPO, interferon-alpha (IFN-alpha), consensus interferon, IFN-beta, or IFN-gamma. It may further be useful to administer, either simultaneously or sequentially, an effective amount of a soluble mammalian Mpl receptor, which appears to have an effect of causing megakaryocytes to fragment into platelets once the megakaryocytes have reached mature form. Thus, administration of an inventive compound (to enhance the number of mature megakaryocytes) followed by administration of the soluble Mpl receptor (to inactivate the ligand and allow the mature megakaryocytes to produce platelets) is expected to be a particularly effective means of stimulating platelet production. The appropriate dosage would be adjusted to compensate for such additional components in the therapeutic composition. Progress of the treated patient can be monitored by conventional methods. [0081]
  • In non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM), also known as [0082] type 2 diabetic patients, the administration of glucagon-like peptide-1 (GLP-1) has antidiabetic properties. However, GLP-1 is rapidly degraded by dipeptidyl peptidase IV (DPPIV) after its release in vivo. Thus, it is an advantage of the present invention that a GLP-1 peptide or variant thereof can be fused to a TTR polypeptide of the invention to stabilize GLP-1 and increase its half life in vivo. Accordingly, in another embodiment of the invention, a TTR-GLP1 fusion protein as described herein can be used to treat conditions generally known to involve non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM), which is also known as type II diabetes.
  • One of skill in the art will recognize that the sequence of a GLP-1 peptide can be varied such that it retains its insulinotropic effects. Particular examples of such variations known in the art include, for example, GLP-1(7-34), (7-35), (7-36) or (7-37), Gln[0083] 9-GLP-1(7-37), D-Gln9-GLP-1(7-37), Thr 16-Lys18-GLP-1(7-37), and Lys18-GLP-1(7-37). Additional examples of GLP-1 variants are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,118,666, 5,545,618, 5,977,071, and WO 02/46227 and in Adelhorst et al., J. Biol. Chem. 269:6275 (1994), which are incorporated by reference. Accordingly, any GLP-1 peptide can be used to generate fusion proteins of the invention, as long as the GLP-1 fusion protein is capable of binding and inducing a signal through it's cognate receptor. Receptor binding and activation can be measured by standard assays (U.S. Pat. No. 5,120,712).
  • The dose of fusion protein effective to normalize a patient's blood glucose will depend on a number of factors among which are included the subject's weight, age, severity of their inability to regulate blood glucose, the route of administration, the bioavailability, the pharmokinetic profile of the fusion protein and the formulation as is discussed more fully below. [0084]
  • The therapeutic methods, compositions and compounds of the present invention may also be employed, alone or in combination with other diabetes treatments, including but not limited to insulin, DPPIV-inhibitors and the like. The dosage of the GLP-1 fusion protein would be adjusted to compensate for such additional components in the therapeutic composition. Progress of the treated patient can be monitored by conventional methods, such as, for example, the monitoring of blood glucose levels. [0085]
  • The present invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions of the inventive compounds. Such pharmaceutical compositions may be for administration for injection, or for oral, nasal, transdermal or other forms of administration, including, e.g., by intravenous, intradermal, intramuscular, intramammary, intraperitoneal, intrathecal, intraocular, retrobulbar, intrapulmonary (e.g., aerosolized drugs) or subcutaneous injection (including depot administration for long term release); by sublingual, anal, vaginal, or by surgical implantation, e.g., embedded under the splenic capsule, brain, or in the cornea. The treatment may consist of a single dose or a plurality of doses over a period of time. In general, comprehended by the invention are pharmaceutical compositions comprising effective amounts of a compound of the invention together with pharmaceutically acceptable diluents, preservatives, stabilizers, solubilizers, emulsifiers, adjuvants and/or carriers. Such compositions include diluents of various buffer content (e.g., Tris-HCl, acetate, phosphate, citrate, etc.), pH and ionic strength; additives such as detergents and solubilizing agents (e.g., [0086] Tween 80, Polysorbate 80, etc.), anti-oxidants (e.g., ascorbic acid, sodium metabisulfite), preservatives (e.g., Thimersol, benzyl alcohol) and bulking substances (e.g., lactose, mannitol); incorporation of the material into particulate preparations of polymeric compounds such as polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid, etc. or into liposomes. Hyaluronic acid may also be used, and this may have the effect of promoting sustained duration in the circulation. The pharmaceutical compositions optionally may include still other pharmaceutically acceptable liquid, semisolid, or solid diluents that serve as pharmaceutical vehicles, excipients, or media, including but are not limited to, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, magnesium stearate, methyl- and propylhydroxybenzoate, starches, sucrose, dextrose, gum acacia, calcium phosphate, mineral oil, cocoa butter, and oil of theobroma. Such compositions may influence the physical state, stability, rate of in vivo release, and rate of in vivo clearance of the present proteins and derivatives. See, e.g., Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Ed. (1990, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa. 18042) pages 1435-1712 which are herein incorporated by reference. The compositions may be prepared in liquid form, or may be in dried powder, such as lyophilized form. Implantable sustained release formulations are also contemplated, as are transdermal formulations.
  • Controlled release formulation may be desirable. The drug could be incorporated into an inert matrix which permits release by either diffusion or leaching mechanisms e.g., gums. Slowly degenerating matrices may also be incorporated into the formulation, e.g., alginates, polysaccharides. Another form of a controlled release of this therapeutic is by a method based on the Oros therapeutic system (Alza Corp.), i.e., the drug is enclosed in a semipermeable membrane which allows water to enter and push drug out through a single small opening due to osmotic effects. Some enteric coatings also have a delayed release effect. [0087]
  • Also contemplated herein is pulmonary delivery of the present protein (or derivatives thereof). The protein (or derivative) is delivered to the lungs of a mammal while inhaling and traverses across the lung epithelial lining to the blood stream. (Other reports of this include Adjei et al., Pharmaceutical Research 7:565-569 (1990); Adjei et al., International Journal of Pharmaceutics 63:135-144 (1990)(leuprolide acetate); Braquet et al., Journal of Cardiovascular Pharmacology 13 (suppl.5): s.143-146 (1989)(endothelin-1); Hubbard et al., Annals of Internal Medicine 3:206-212 (1989)(1-antitrypsin); Smith et al., J. Clin. Invest. 84:1145-1146 (1989)(1-proteinase); Oswein et al., “Aerosolization of Proteins”, Proceedings of Symposium on Respiratory Drug Delivery II, Keystone, Colorado, March, 1990 (recombinant human growth hormone); Debs et al., The Journal of Immunology 140:3482-3488 (1988)(interferon- and tumor necrosis factor ) and Platz et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,284,656 (granulocyte colony stimulating factor). [0088]
  • Contemplated for use in the practice of this invention are a wide range of mechanical devices designed for pulmonary delivery of therapeutic products, including but not limited to nebulizers, metered dose inhalers, and powder inhalers, all of which are familiar to those skilled in the art. [0089]
  • Some specific examples of commercially available devices suitable for the practice of this invention are the Ultravent nebulizer, manufactured by Mallinckrodt, Inc., St. Louis, Mo.; the Acorn II nebulizer, manufactured by Marquest Medical Products, Englewood, Colorado; the Ventolin metered dose inhaler, manufactured by Glaxo Inc., Research Triangle Park, North Carolina; and the Spinhaler powder inhaler, manufactured by Fisons Corp., Bedford, Mass. [0090]
  • All such devices require the use of formulations suitable for the dispensing of the inventive compound. Typically, each formulation is specific to the type of device employed and may involve the use of an appropriate propellant material, in addition to diluents, adjuvants and/or carriers useful in therapy. [0091]
  • The inventive compound should most advantageously be prepared in particulate form with an average particle size of less than 10 μm (or microns), most preferably 0.5 to 5 μm, for most effective delivery to the distal lung. [0092]
  • Carriers include carbohydrates such as trehalose, mannitol, xylitol, sucrose, lactose, and sorbitol. Other ingredients for use in formulations may include DPPC, DOPE, DSPC and DOPC. Natural or synthetic surfactants may be used. Polyethylene glycol may be used (even apart from its use in derivatizing the protein or analog). Dextrans, such as cyclodextran, may be used. Bile salts and other related enhancers may be used. Cellulose and cellulose derivatives may be used. Amino acids may be used, such as use in a buffer formulation. [0093]
  • The dosage regimen involved in a method for treating the above-described conditions will be determined by the attending physician, considering various factors which modify the action of drugs, e.g. the age, condition, body weight, sex and diet of the patient, the severity of any infection, time of administration and other clinical factors. Generally, the dose should be in the range of 0.1 μg to 100 mg of the inventive compound per kilogram of body weight per day, preferably 0.1 to 1000 μg/kg; and more preferably 0.1 to 150 μg/kg, given in daily doses or in equivalent doses at longer or shorter intervals, e.g., every other day, twice weekly, weekly, or twice or three times daily. [0094]
  • The inventive compounds may be administered by an initial bolus followed by a continuous infusion to maintain therapeutic circulating levels of drug product. As another example, the inventive compounds may be administered as a one-time dose. Those of ordinary skill in the art will readily optimize effective dosages and administration regimens as determined by good medical practice and the clinical condition of the individual patient. The frequency of dosing will depend on the pharmacokinetic parameters of the agents and the route of administration. The optimal pharmaceutical formulation will be determined by one skilled in the art depending upon the route of administration and desired dosage. See for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Ed. (1990, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa. 18042) pages 1435-1712, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference. Depending on the route of administration, a suitable dose may be calculated according to body weight, body surface area or organ size. [0095]
  • Appropriate dosages may be ascertained through use of established assays for determining serum levels in conjunction with appropriate dose-response data. The final dosage regimen will be determined by the attending physician, considering various factors which modify the action of drugs, e.g. the drug's specific activity, the severity of the damage and the responsiveness of the patient, the age, condition, body weight, sex and diet of the patient, the severity of any infection, time of administration and other clinical factors. As studies are conducted, further information will emerge regarding the appropriate dosage levels and duration of treatment for various diseases and conditions. [0096]
  • The following Examples are intended for illustration purposes only, and should not be construed to limit the invention in any way. [0097]
    • EXAMPLE 1
  • This example describes the preparation of DNA for native recombinant human transthyretin (TTR) and the following TTR variants: TTR(C10A), TTR(C10A/A37C), TTR(C10A/D38C), TTR(C10A/A81C), TTR(C10A/G83C), and TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C). [0098]
  • The expression plasmid pAMG21 is available from the ATCC under accession number 98113, which was deposited on Jul. 24, 1996 (see PCT WO 97/23614, published Jul. 3, 1997 for a description of pAMG21). DNA sequence coding for TTR, TTR variants or TTR-peptide fusions was placed under control of the LuxPR promoter in pAMG21. [0099]
  • The bacterial host GM221 is an [0100] E.coli K-12 strain that has been modified to contain both the temperature sensitive lambda repressor c1857s7 in the early ebg region and the lacIQ repressor in the late ebg region (68 minutes). The presence of these two repressor genes allows the use of this host with a variety of expression systems, however both of these repressors are irrelevant to the expression from luxPR. The untransformed host has no antibiotic resistances. The ribosomal binding site of the cI857s7 gene has been modified to include an enhanced RBS. It has been inserted into the ebg operon between nucleotide position 1170 and 1411 as numbered in Genbank accession number M64441 Gb_Ba with deletion of the intervening ebg sequence. The construct was delivered to the chromosome using a recombinant phage called MMebg-cI857s7 enhanced RBS #4 into F′tet/393. After recombination and resolution only the chromosomal insert described above remains in the cell. It was renamed F′tet/GM101. F′tet/GM101 was then modified by the delivery of a lacIQ construct into the ebg operon between nucleotide position 2493 and 2937 as numbered in the Genbank accession number M64441 Gb_Ba with the deletion of the intervening ebg sequence. The construct was delivered to the chromosome using a recombinant phage called AGebg-lacIQ #5 into F′tet/GM101. After recombination and resolution only the chromosomal insert described above remains in the cell. It was renamed F′tet/GM221. The F′tet episome was cured from the strain using acridine orange at a concentration of 25 μg/ml in LB. The cured strain was identified as tetracyline sensitive and was stored as GM221.
  • Oligonucleotides (1.0 nm each) were synthesized by phosphoramidite method. Nucleotides were, in some cases, altered for optimized expression in [0101] E. coli. These codon changes did not result in changes in the amino acid sequence. Each of the oligonucleotides utilized in this example are listed in Table 1.
  • PCR was performed with the Expand Long Polymerase according to the manufacturer's protocol (Boehringer Mannheim). PCR products were verified by agarose gel electrophoresis, purified and digested with Nde1 and Xho1 (New England Biolabs). Expression vector pAMG21 was digested in the same manner and then treated with calf intestinal phosphatase (Boehringer Mannheim). The vector and insert were purified from an agarose gel, then mixed and ligated by T4 DNA ligase (New England Biolabs). Ligation was done at 4° C. for 2 hrs. Each ligation mixture was transformed by electroporation into the host strain GM221 described above with a Biorad GenePulser (Biorad Laboratories) using 2.5V, 25 uFD, and 200 ohms in a cuvette with a gap length of about 2 mm. After electroporation, the cells were allowed to recover in 1 ml of Luria broth (LB) for about one hour at 37° C. with gentle shaking. The entire transformation mix was plated on LB agar containing 50 ug/ml kanamycin. Colonies were screened for presence of the desired molecular weight by PCR using oligonucleotides directed against flanking vector sequence. The PCR products were evaluated by agarose gel electrophoresis. Positive clones were further screened for the ability to produce the recombinant protein product and finally verified by nucleotide sequencing. [0102]
  • The DNA and amino acid sequences of TTR are known (Mita, S et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 124 (2), 558-564 [1984]). These sequences have been deposited in Genbank as accession number K02091. The cDNA of native TTR excluding the signal peptide was cloned from a cDNA library derived from human liver (Clontech). Specifically, an oligonucleotide encoding eight codons of the [0103] TTR 5′ (Oligo 2693-79) end and an oligonucleotide encoding seven codons of TTR 3′ end including a terminating codon (Oligo 2693-80) were synthesized and used to amplify the full-length mature TTR with Expand Long polymerase using human liver cDNA library as template. The resulting PCR fragment was digested with NdeI and XhoI, gel purified and ligated with NdeI/XhoI restricted expression vector pAMG21. After 2 hours at 4° C., the ligation mixture was electroporated into GM221 cells. Single colonies were picked and plasmid DNA was prepared and sequenced. One resulting plasmid (strain #5316) was shown to have the correct DNA sequence of native TTR (plus a methionine at the N-terminus) and was used for expression. This DNA sequence is identified in SEQ ID NO:2.
  • Mutant TTR(C10A) was made by using oligonucleotide 2693-80 above and oligonucleotide 2820-88 (encompasses the first 11 codons of native TTR in which the codon Cys at the tenth position was changed to Ala). The PCR procedure and the process for selecting the expression strain were similar to that described above. The resulting strain (strain #5619) had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:3. [0104]
  • Plasmid 5619 was further modified by replacing the amino acids at the following positions: A37, D38, A81 and G83, with the amino acid Cysteine. As described below, each pair of the complementary oligonucleotides harboring the desired mutations was used in conjunction with [0105] TTR 5′ and 3′ primers described above in a standard two-step PCR procedure designed for site-specific mutagenesis. Each of the forward primers were used with a TTR 3′ primer and each of the reverse primers were used with a TTR 5′ primer in a 20-cycle PCR in which plasmid derived from strain 5619 was used as the template. The resulting PCR amplified 5′ and 3′ fragments were mixed and used as the template for the second step PCR to generate the full-length mutants. Subsequent cloning and sequencing procedures were similar to those already described. The following oligonucleotides were utilized: TTR(A37C) forward (Oligo 2823-91); TTR(A37C) reverse (Oligo 2823-92); TTR(D38C) forward (Oligo 2823-93); TTR(D38C) reverse (Oligo 2823-94); TTR(A81C) forward (Oligo 2823-95); TTR(A81C) reverse (Oligo 2823-96); TTR(G83C) forward (Oligo 2823-97); TTR(G83C) reverse (Oligo 2823-98). The resulting E. coli strains containing the plasmids are described as follows: TTR(C10A/A37C)(strain 5641) had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:4. TTR(C10A/D38C)(strain 5642) had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:5. TTR(C10A/A81C)(strain 5643) had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:6. TTR(C10A/G83C)(strain 5651) had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:7.
  • The Lys in the 15th position in strain 5651 was further mutagenized to Ala using oligonucleotides 2953-67 and 2953-68 by a procedure similar to that described for strains 5641, 5642, 5643 and 5651. The resulting strain, TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C)(strain 5895) had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:8. [0106]
    TABLE 1
    SEQ ID
    Oligo Sequence Number
    2693-79 GAGGAATAACATATGGGTCCAACTGGTACCGGTGAA 18
    2693-80 CCGCGGATCCTCGAGATTATTCCTTGGGATTGGTGA 19
    2820-88 GAGGAATAACATATGGGTCCAACTGGTACCGGTGAA 20
    TCCAAGGCTCCT
    2823-91 AGAAAGGCTTGTGATGACACCTGG 21
    2823-92 CCAGGTGTCATCACAAGCCTTTCT 22
    2823-93 AGAAAGGCTGCTTGTGACACCTGG 23
    2823-94 CCAGGTGTCACAAGCAGCCTTTCT 24
    2823-95 TACTGGAAGTGTCTTGGCATCTCC 25
    2823-96 GGAGATGCCAAGACACTTCCAGTA 26
    2823-97 AAGGCACTTTGCATCTCCCCATTC 27
    2823-98 GAATGGGGAGATGCAAAGTGCCTT 28
    2953-67 CTGATGGTCGCAGTTCTAGAT 29
    2953-68 ATCTAGAACTGCGACCATCAG 30
    • EXAMPLE 2
  • This example describes the preparation of various TMP-TTR fusions. Several fusion proteins containing TTR and a TMP were prepared. Each of the oligonucleotides utilized in this example are listed in Table 2. [0107]
  • A fragment containing the TMP was first amplified from a strain harboring a plasmid encoding a full-length TMP-Fc fusion (see PCT Publication No. 00/24770) using oligonucleotides 2743-96 which encodes the first 7 codons of the TMP plus a 12 [0108] nucleotide 5′ extension including a Nde1 site and 2743-97 which encodes the first 7 codons of native TTR and the last 7 codons of the TMP of interest. The resulting PCR fragment was mixed with plasmid derived from strain 5619 and the mixture was used as a template for oligonucleotide primers 2743-96 and 2693-80 to amplify full-length TMP-TTR. Similar procedures described above were used for cloning and expression. The resulting strain, TMP-TTR (strain 5513) had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:9.
  • The TMP was then introduced to the N-terminus of strains 5641, 5642, 5643 and 5651, respectively. Plasmid 5513 was digested with Xba1, the resulting Xba1/Xba1 insert containing the TMP and the first 18 codons of TTR(C10A) was gel purified and ligated with Xba1 restricted, phosphatase treated and gel purified vector derived from 5641, 5642, 5643 and 5651. DNA sequencing was performed to select the correct orientation for each fusion. The resulting [0109] E. coli strains containing the plasmids are described as follows: TMP-TTR(C10A/A37C)(strain 5704) had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:10. TMP-TTR(C10A/D38C)(strain 5705) had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:11. TMP-TTR(C10A/A81C)(strain 5706) had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:12. TMP-TTR(C10A/G83C)(strain 5707) had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:13.
    TABLE 2
    SEQ ID
    Oligo Sequence Number
    2743-96 GAGGAATAACATATGATCGAAGGTCCGACTCTGCGT 31
    2743 97 TTCACCGGTACCAGTTGGACCTGCGCGTGCTGCAAG 32
    CCATT
    • EXAMPLE 3
  • This example describes the preparation of PTH (1-34)-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C) fusion. Each of the oligonucleotides utilized in this example are listed in Table 3. [0110]
  • Two new oligonucleotides, oligonucleotide 2694-01, which encodes the first 7 codons of human PTH, and oligonucleotide 2694-03, which encodes the first 7 codons of TTR and amino acids 28-34 of PTH, were synthesized to make the fusion. Oligonucleotides 2694-01 and 2694-03 were used in a 20-cycle PCR procedure as described above to amplify PTH (1-34) with the TTR linker. The template for this reaction was a strain which harbors a plasmid encoding a PTH1-34-Fc fusion (see PCT Publication No. 01/81415). The resulting PCR mixture was combined with strain 5895 and used as the template to amplify the full length PTH (1-34)-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C) using primers 2694-01 and 2693-80. After sequence confirmation, the resulting expression strain containing the new plasmid was designated PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C)(strain 5920) and had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:14. [0111]
    TABLE 3
    SEQ ID
    Oligo Sequence Number
    2694-01 GAGGAATAACATATGTCTGTTTCTGAAATCCAG 33
    2694-03 TTCACCGGTACCAGTTGGACCAAAGTTATGAACGTC 34
    • EXAMPLE 4
  • This example describes the preparation of an IL-1ra-TTR(C10A) fusion and a TTR(C10A)-GSGS-IL-1ra fusion. Each of the oligonucleotides utilized in this example are listed in Table 4. [0112]
  • To prepare the IL-1ra-TTR(C10A) fusion, two oligonucleotides, oligonucleotide 2823-13, which encodes the first 7 codons of the human protein IL-1ra, and oligonucleotide 2823-14, which encodes the last 7 amino acids of IL-1ra and the first 7 amino acids of TTR, were synthesized. The plasmid derived from a strain which expresses IL-1ra (see PCT Publication No. 91/08285) was amplified using oligonucleotides 2823-13 and 2823-14. The resulting PCR product was mixed with plasmid purified from strain 5619 and used as a template to amplify full-length IL-1-ra-TTR(C10A) using oligonucleotide primers 2823-13 and 2693-80. The PCR product was cloned, sequenced and expressed as described above. The resultant strain containing the new plasmid was designated IL-1ra-TTR(C10A)(strain 5644) and had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:15. [0113]
  • To make TTR(C10A)-IL-1ra, the following two oligonucleotides, oligonucleotide 2787-32, which encodes the last 7 amino acids of TTR, the first 7 amino acids of IL-1-ra between which a GSGS linker was introduced, and oligonucleotide 2787-33, which encodes the last 7 codons of IL-1-ra, were synthesized. These two oligonucleotide primers were used to amplify plasmid 2693, and the resulting PCR product was mixed with plasmid 5619, and together these were used as a template to amplify full-length TTR(C10A)-IL-1ra using primers 2787-33 and 2693-79. The PCR product was cloned, sequenced and expressed as described above. The resultant strain containing the new plasmid was designated TTR(C10A)-IL-1ra (strain 5645) and had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:16. [0114]
    TABLE 4
    SEQ ID
    Oligo Sequence Number
    2823-13 GAGGAATAACATATGCGACCGTCCGGACGTAA 35
    2823-14 TTCTACTTCCAGGAAGACGAAGGTCCAACTGGTACC 36
    2787-32 GTCGTCACCAATCCCAAGGAAGGTAGTGGTAGCCGA 37
    CCGTCCGGCCGTAAGAGC
    2787-33 CCGCGGATCCTCGAGATTATTCGTCTTCCTGGAAGT 38
    AGAA
    • EXAMPLE 5
  • This example describes the preparation of TTR(C10A/G83C)-Bradykinin. Each of the oligonucleotides utilized in this example are listed in Table 5. [0115]
  • Plasmid purified from strain 5651 was used for PCR with oligonucleotide primer 2693-79 and oligonucleotide primer 2943-47, which is a [0116] TTR 3′ primer containing a PstI restriction site. This PCR product was gel purified and restriction digested with NdeI and PstI. The resulting DNA fragment was used in a ligation mixture containing AMG21, digested with NdeI and XhoI, and the annealed oligonucleotide linkers 2943-48, which encodes the GSGSG linker, and oligonucleotide 2943-49, which encodes the Bradykinin antagonist peptide KRPPGFSPL with PstI 5′ and XhoI 3′ overlapping ends. GM121 was transformed with this ligation product and DNA was purified from the kanamycin resistant colonies. The DNA sequence was then confirmed in the resistant colonies. The confirmed strain was grown at 30° C. and induced for expression in a 10-liter fermentation described below. The new strain was designated TTR(C10A/G83C)-Bradykinin (strain 5914) and had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:17.
    TABLE 5
    SEQ ID
    Oligo Sequence Number
    2693-79 GAGGAATAACATATGGGTCCAACTGGTACCGGTGAA 39
    2943-47 AATATACTGCAGTGGTGGAATAGGAG 40
    2943-48 GTCGTCACCAATCCCAAGGAAGGATCAGGATCCGGAAAACGTCCGCCGGGTTTCTCCCCGCTGTAATC 41
    2943-49 TCGAGATTACAGCGGGGAGAAACCCGGCGGACGTTTTCCGGATCCTGATCCTTCCTTGGGATTGGTGACGACTGCA 42
    • EXAMPLE 6
  • This example describes the recombinant expression of TTR and the TTR fusion constructs in [0117] E. coli. Each of the newly constructed TTR or TTR fusions were first examined for soluble expression at temperatures ranging from 16° C. to 37° C. For this purpose, cultures (25 ml) of GM221 expressing each of the TTR or TTR fusions were grown in LB medium supplemented with 50 μg/ml kanamycin at 37° C. until the optical density (OD) at 600 nm reached 0.5 to 1.0. The cultures were then placed in shakers with temperature settings at 16° C., 20° C., 25° C., 30° C., 34° C. and 37° C., respectively. The induction of gene product expression from the luxPR promoter was achieved following the addition of the synthetic autoinducer N-(3-oxohexanoyl)-DL-homoserine lactone to the culture media to a final concentration of 20 ng/ml. After 6 hours, the bacterial cultures were examined by microscopy for the presence of inclusion bodies. Often soluble or partial soluble expression could be achieved by growing the cultures at temperatures lower than 30° C. for TTR and its fusions, and this temperature was used for large-scale expression. In cases where soluble expression could not be achieved, temperatures at which the level of expression was at the highest were used for large-scale shakers or fermentors.
  • Large-scale expression was normally done in 4 liter flasks. Four to eight 4 liter shakers containing 1 liter of LB was inoculated with overnight cultures of TTR or its fusion strains. Expression was done essentially as described above. Cells were collected by centrifugation. [0118]
  • The fermentation stage, employing aseptic technique, begins with the inoculation from a seed culture of strains produced in a shake flask containing 500 mL of sterilized Luria broth. When this culture obtained the appropriate cell density (0.8-2 at 600 nm), the contents were used to inoculate a 20 liter fermentor containing 10 liter of complex based growth medium. The fermentor is maintained at 30° C. and [0119] pH 7 with dissolved oxygen levels kept at 30% saturation. When the cell density reached an optical density of 10-12 OD units at 600 nm, at which point the culture was induced by the addition of N-(3-oxo-hexanoyl) homoserine lactone. At 6 hours post-induction the cells were harvested from the fermentor by centrifugation.
    • EXAMPLE 7
  • This example describes the purification of TTR(C10A/G83C)-Bradykinin. About 193 g of [0120] E. coli paste from clone 5914 stored at −80° C. was defrosted in 1447 ml of 50 mm tris HCl, 5 mM EDTA, pH 8.0.50 tablets of Sigma protease inhibitor cocktail 1-873-580 (Saint Louis, Mo.) was dissolved in the cell suspension and the suspension was passed through a model 110-Y microfluidizer (Microfluidics, Newton, Mass.) twice at 12,000 PSI. The lysate (FIG. 1, Lane 2) was centrifuged at 11,325×g for 50 min 4° C. The supernatant was removed as the soluble fraction. The soluble fraction was heated in a 65° C. water bath for 30 minutes in polypropylene bottles, at which time the temperature of the contents was 63° C. The soluble fraction was centrifuged at 11,325×g for 50 minutes 40C. The supernatant was removed as Heat Soluble (FIG. 1, Lane 3). The heat soluble fraction was filtered through a 0.45 μm cellulose acetate filter with two prefilters and then loaded on to a 240 ml Q-sepharose fast flow (5 cm ID) column (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway, N.J.) at 20 ml/min equilibrated in Q-Buffer A (20 mM tris HCl, 2.5 mM EDTA, pH 8.0) at room temperature (about 23° C.). Column was washed with about 2300 ml Q-Buffer A at 20 ml/min. Q-column was eluted with a 15 column volume linear gradient to 60% Q-Buffer B (20 mM tris HCl, 1 M NaCl, 2.5 mM EDTA, pH 8.0) followed by a 2 column volume step to 100% Q-Buffer B. Fractions containing the TTR fusion as determined by SDS-PAGE were pooled into a single Q-pool (1150 ml) (FIG. 1, Lane 4) and 1.77 g of DTT was added. The Q-pool was gently stirred for 30 min at room temperature (about 23° C.). To the Q-pool, 410 ml of 3.8 M ammonium sulfate pH 7.0 was slowly added and the pH was lowered from about 7.5 to 7.0 by slow addition of 1 M HCl. About one-half of the Q-pool was then loaded on to an 84 ml phenyl sepharose high performance column (2.6 cm ID) (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) in P-Buffer A (50 mM NaH2PO4, 1 M ammonium sulfate, pH 7.0) at 10 ml/min. The column was washed with about 170 ml P-Buffer A followed by three step elutions using 50%, 80%, and 100% P-Buffer B (50 mM NaH2PO4, pH 7.0). The remaining half of the Q-pool was then processed using the same protocol as the first half. Fractions containing the TTR fusion as determined by SDS-PAGE were pooled into a single P-pool (260 ml) (FIG. 1, Lane 5) and the P-pool was dialyzed against 4 L of HA-Buffer A (10 mM NaH2PO4, pH 7.0) for 2 hours at room temperature (about 23° C.) using 20.4 mm diameter 8 kDa cutoff dialysis tubing (Spectrum Laboratories Inc., Rancho Dominguez, Calif.). The dialysis buffer was changed with a fresh 4 L of HA-Buffer A and dialysis was continued for approximately an additional 15 hours. The P-pool was removed from dialysis and 600 μl of 1 M DTT was added followed by incubation at room temperature (about 23° C.) for about 1 hour. P-pool was loaded on to a 105 ml (2.6 cm) type 1 ceramic hydroxyapatite column (Bio-Rad Inc., Hercules, Calif.) at 10 ml/min in HA-Buffer A. Column was washed with approximately 210 ml HA-Buffer A at 10 ml/min followed by 4 steps of 12.5%, 25%, 50%, and 100% HA-Buffer B (400 mM NaH2PO4, pH 7.0). The flowthrough was pooled as HA-pool (340 ml) (FIG. 1, Lane 6) and 524 mg of DTT was added followed by incubation at room temperature (about 23° C.) for 1 hour.
  • About one-half of the HA-pool was loaded on to a 47 ml source 15Q (2.6 cm ID) column (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) at 10 ml/min followed by a wash with about 250 ml Q-Buffer A. Column was eluted with a 20 column volume linear gradient from 10% to 50% Q-Buffer B followed a step of 2 column volumes of 100% Q-Buffer B. The remaining half of the HA-Pool was then processed using the same protocol as the first half. Fractions containing the TTR fusion as determined by SDS-PAGE were pooled into a single Q2-pool (260 ml) and concentrated to about 75 ml using a stirred cell with a 10 kDa membrane. Q2-pool (FIG. 1, Lane 7) was then filtered through a 0.22 μm cellulose acetate filter and the protein concentration was determined to be 16.9 mg/ml using a calculated extinction coefficient of 18,450 M[0121] −1 cm−1. The pyrogen level was determined to be <1 EU/mg of protein using the Limulus Ameboycyte Lysate assay (Associates of Cape Cod, Falmouth, Mass.). The nucleic acid content was determined to be negligible, since the ratio of the absorbance at 260 nm over 280 nm was determined to be 0.52.
    • EXAMPLE 8
  • This example demonstrates that fusing a peptide to either the C-terminus or N-terminus of TTR(C10A/G83C)does not have a significant impact on its oligomeric structure. TTR(C10A/G83C), PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C), and TTR(C10A/G83C)-Bradykinin in 20 mM tris pH 8.0 and about 250 mM NaCl were reduced with 9 mM DTT for about 1 hour at room temperature (about 23° C.). About 50 μg of the reduced TTR was injected on to a Biosep-Sec-[0122] S 3000 column (7.8 mm ID×300 mm) (Phenomenex, Torrance, Calif.) in SEC-Buffer (50 mM NaH2PO4, 500 mM NaCl, pH 6.7) at 1 ml/min. Bio-Rad molecular weight standards (151-1901) were used to calibrate the column and calculate the approximate molecular size of the injected samples. As can be seen in FIG. 2, TTR(C10A/G83C) eluted at approximately 8.8 min corresponding to a molecular size of 49 kDa, which is comparable to the calculated molecular weight of the tetramer at 55 kDa. PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C) eluted at about 8.6 min corresponding to a molecular size of 67 kDa, which is close to the calculated 71 kDa for the tetramer. TTR(C10A/G83C)-Bradykinin eluted at about 8.7 min corresponding to a molecular size of 57 kDa, which is also close to the calculated 60 kDa for the tetramer.
    • EXAMPLE 9
  • This example demonstrates that fusing a protein containing disulfide bonds to either the C-terminus or N-terminus of TTR(C10A) does not have a significant impact on its oligomeric structure. About 50 μg each of TTR(C10A), IL-1-ra-TTR(C10A), and TTR(C10A)-IL-1-ra was injected on to a Biosep-Sec-[0123] S 3000 column (7.8 mm ID×300 mm) (Phenomenex) in SEC-Buffer at 1 ml/min. Bio-Rad molecular weight standards (151-1901) were used to calibrate the column and calculate the approximate molecular weight of the injected samples. As can be seen in FIG. 3, TTR(C10A) elutes at approximately 8.8 min, which corresponds to a molecular size of 49 kDa which is comparable to the calculated molecular weight of the tetramer at 55 kDa. The IL-1-ra-TTR(C10A) fusion eluted at about 7.9 min corresponding to a molecular size of 188 kDa, which is noticeably larger than that expected for the tetramer at 124 kDa. Similarly, TTR(C10A)-IL-1-ra eluted at about 7.9 min, again corresponding to a molecular size of 188 kDa compared to the 124 kDa expected for the tetramer. These size discrepancies are likely due to differences in the shape of the molecule, since size exclusion chromatography is shape dependant and the standards are calibrated for globular proteins.
    • EXAMPLE 10
  • This example compares the binding of a TMP sequence fused to the carboxy-terminus of human immunoglobulin Fc (Fc-TMP) and TMP(m)-TTR to soluble human myeloproliferative leukemia (MPL) receptor. In addition, this example shows the effect of pegylation of the native TTR cysteine on the binding of the TMP fusion to the MPL receptor. The preparation of the pegylated TTR fusions is described in detail in Example 13. [0124]
  • For this example, human MPL receptor was covalently bound to a BIAcore CM5 chip at R[0125] L=1300 RU using the EDC/NHS chemistry as per the manufacturer's instructions (BIAcore, Uppsula, Sweden). All samples were passed over the chip at 50 μl/min in Dulbecco's PBS (Gibco BRL, Gaithersburg, Md.) with 0.1 mg/ml bovine serum albumin and 0.005% P20 (polyoxyethylenesorbitan). The equilibrium endpoint was taken 3 min post injection. As can be seen in FIG. 4, Fc-TMP shows superior binding characteristics compared to TMP(m)-TTR. Further, this figure demonstrates that pegylation of the native TTR cysteine (Cys 10) interferes with the binding of TMP to the MPL receptor. The binding of TMP(m)-TTR-PEG5K showed a significantly repressed binding response compared to its non-pegylated counterpart, and TMP(m)-TTR-PEG20K showed an even more severe inhibition. This indicates that the presence of PEG on cysteine 10 likely causes steric interference for binding of the fused TMP to the MPL receptor, and larger PEGs produce more interference.
    • EXAMPLE 11
  • This example shows the effect of injecting TMP(m)-TTR into mice on blood platelet count. For this example 50 BDF1 mice (Charles River Laboratories, Wilmington, Mass.) were split into 5 groups and injected (day 0) subcutaneously with either diluting agent (Dulbecco's PBS with 0.1% bovine serum albumin) or diluting agent with 50 μg test protein per kg animal. Each group was divided in half and bled (140 μl) on alternate time points ([0126] day 0, 3, 5, 7, 11, 12, 14, and 17). Mice were anesthetized with isoflurane prior to collection.
  • The collected blood was analyzed for a complete and differential count using an ADVIA 120 automated blood analyzer with murine software (Bayer Diagnostics, New York, N.Y.). As seen in FIG. 5, Fc-TMP showed the greatest response with platelet count peaking at 4.3×10[0127] 12 platelets L−1 on day 5, which is over 3.4 times baseline at 1.2×1012 platelets L−1. TMP(m)-TTR-PEG 5K was a moderate responder peaking at 2.3×1012 platelets L−1 which is just under twice the baseline level. The non-pegylated form of TMP(m)-TTR shows very little response at 1.5×1012 platelets L−1 which is only 20% over the baseline level. The non-pegylated form of TMP(m)-TTR shows better binding in vitro than its pegylated counterparts (FIG. 4), but it has poor performance in vivo compared to TMP(m)-TTR-PEG 5K. This indicates that PEG is required to improve the biological half-life of the TTR construct, and this more than compensates for the reduced affinity for the receptor.
    • EXAMPLE 12
  • This example demonstrates that mutation of [0128] cysteine 10 on TTR to alanine TTR(C10A) does not have a significant impact on its oligomeric structure. About 50 μg each of TTR and TTR(C10A) was injected on to a Biosep-Sec-S 3000 column (7.8 mm ID×300 mm) (Phenomenex) in SEC-Buffer at 1 ml/min. Bio-Rad molecular weight standards (151-1901) were used to calibrate the column and calculate the approximate molecular size of the injected samples. As can be seen in FIG. 6, TTR(C10A) elutes at approximately 8.8 min, which corresponds to a molecular size of 57 kDa which is similar to the calculated molecular weight of the tetramer at 55 kDa. This data combined with the observation that both forms of TTR are resistant to precipitation at 65° C. (data not shown) indicates that mutation of cysteine 10 to alanine does not have a significant impact on the structure or stability of TTR.
    • EXAMPLE 13
  • This example demonstrates that mutation of alanine 37 to cysteine TMP-TTR(C10A/A37C), aspartate 38 to cysteine TMP-TTR(C10A/D38C), alanine 81 to cysteine TMP-TTR(C10A/A81C), or glycine 83 to cysteine TMP-TTR(C10A/G83C) in a [0129] cysteine 10 to alanine background does not have a significant impact on the oligomeric structure of TTR. In addition, this example demonstrates that pegylation of these mutant forms of TTR with a 5K or 20K PEG produces two distinct species of TTR with significantly greater molecular size than the unpegylated form. The pegylation of TTR was carried out by first reducing about 8 ml of the TTR (7.28 mg/ml) with 10 mM DTT for 30 minutes at 30° C. in the presence of 50 mM tris HCl, pH 8.5. The reduced TTR was then desalted using a 26 ml SEPHADEX™ G25 medium column (2.6 cm ID) (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) at 2.5 ml/min in 20 mM tris HCl, pH 8.5. The concentration was then determined by measuring the absorbance of the reduced TTR at 280 nm and using the calculated extinction coefficient (29,450 M−1 for TMP-TTR(C10A/A37C) (5.14 mg/ml). One-half (4.6 ml) of the reduced sample was then immediately mixed with 810 μl of 5 mM methoxy-PEG-maleimide 5K (Shearwater Corporation, Huntsville, Ala.) and the remaining half was mixed with 1620 μl 2.5 mM methoxy-PEG-maleimide 20K (Shearwater Corporation). The reaction was allowed to proceed at 30° C. for 30 min and was quenched by the addition of 46 μl 1 M DTT. Each pegylated sample was then loaded on to a 5 ml HiTrap Q-sepharose column at 2.5 ml/min and washed with several column volumes of Q-Buffer A (20 mM tris HCl, pH 8.0) at 5 ml/min. The columns were eluted with a linear gradient to 40% Q-Buffer B (20 mM tris HCl, 1 M NaCl, pH 8.0) followed by a 2 column volume step to 100% Q-Buffer B. Peak fractions were pooled and the concentration determined by measuring the absorbance of the pool at 280 nm. About 50 μg of each sample was injected on to a Biosep-Sec-S 3000 column (7.8 mm ID×300 mm) (Phenomenex) in SEC-Buffer at 1 ml/min. Bio-Rad molecular weight standards (151-1901) were used to calibrate the column and calculate the approximate molecular size of the injected samples. As can be seen in FIG. 7, the apparent molecular size of the 4 non-pegylated TMP-TTR constructs is between 40 and 45 kDa which is noticeably lower than the expected 70 kDa tetramer. This retarded elution time is likely due to a slight interaction of the TMP-TTR construct with the size exclusion resin, which has been observed with several other TMP constructs (data not shown). After conjugation with the 5K PEG, the apparent molecular size increases to between 421 and 428 kDa (1.53-1.64 minutes more advanced elution than the unpegylated counterparts), which is much greater than the expected 90 kDa. The observation of an exaggerated molecular weight of pegylated molecules on size exclusion chromatography is frequently observed phenomenon (data not shown). The 20K PEG constructs elute earlier than the largest calibration standard (670 kDa) showing a 1.28-1.40 minutes more advanced elution than their 5K pegylated counterparts. This data taken together demonstrates that all 4 engineered mutant forms of TMP-TTR can be pegylated drastically increasing their apparent molecular size.
  • About 2 μg of the pegylated TMP-TTR constructs were analyzed by SDS-PAGE (FIG. 8). This figure demonstrates by gel shift that most of the TMP-TTR monomers were modified by only one methoxy-PEG-maleimide, and the reaction was nearly complete leaving very little unmodified monomer. [0130]
    • EXAMPLE 14
  • This example demonstrates that Fc-TMP, TMP-TTR(C10A/A37C), TMP-TTR(C10A/D38C), TMP-TTR(C10A/A81C), and TMP-TTR(C10A/G83C) have similar affinities for binding human MPL receptor in vitro. For this example, Fc-TMP was bound to a BIAcore protein G chip at high density as per the manufacturer's instructions (BIAcore, Uppsula, Sweden). Test proteins were preincubated with 5 nM MPL receptor in Binding Buffer (Dulbecco's PBS (Gibco BRL, Gaithersburg, Md.) with 0.1 mg/ml bovine serum albumin and 0.005% P20 (polyoxyethylenesorbitan) for >2 hours at room temperature (about 23° C.). For non-pegylated proteins, 0.1 mg/ml heparin was added to prevent non-specific binding. All samples were then passed over the chip at 50 μl/min in Binding Buffer. The equilibrium endpoint was taken 3 min post injection. As can be seen in FIG. 9, all TTR constructs showed similar affinity for the MPL receptor with affinities ranging from 0.881 to 2.333 nm, while the Fc-TMP construct had affinities ranging from 3.276 to 5.369 nm. [0131]
    • EXAMPLE 15
  • This example shows the effect of injecting pegylated TMP-TTR constructs into mice on blood platelet count. For this example 170 BDF1 mice were split into 17 groups and injected (day 0) subcutaneously with 50 μg test protein per kg animal (TMP fusion construct, Fc-TMP, or a TTR(C10A) control). Each group was divided in half and bled (140 μl) on alternate time points ([0132] day 0, 3, 5, 7, 10, 12, and 14). Mice were anesthetized with isoflurane prior to collection.
  • The collected blood was analyzed for a complete and differential count using an ADVIA 120 automated blood analyzer with murine software (Bayer Diagnostics, New York, N.Y.). As seen in FIG. 10A, Fc-TMP showed the greatest response with platelet count rising to over 4.2×10[0133] 12 platelets L−1 on day 5 which is 3 times baseline at 1.4×1012 platelets L−1. All 4 of the non-pegylated TMP-TTR constructs preformed better than the control, but not as well as Fc-TMP with platelet counts between 1.8 and 2.9×1012 platelets L−1 on day 5, which is between a 29% and 107% improvement over baseline. As can be seen in FIG. 10B, addition of a 5K PEG group to the engineered cysteine of all 4 TMP-TTR constructs substantially improves efficacy with platelet counts between 3.7 and 4.4×1012 platelets L−1 (2.8 to 3.4 times baseline).
  • Also as can be seen in FIG. 10C, conjugation of a 20K PEG to TMP-TTR results in an additional, but less dramatic improvement in efficacy with platelet counts between 4.2 and 4.6×10[0134] 12 platelets L−1 (3.2 to 3.5 times baseline). Since all of the TMP fusion constructs had similar binding affinities for MPL in vitro, this difference is likely due to the effect of PEG conjugation increasing the effective biological half-life of the construct.
    • EXAMPLE 16
  • This example shows the effect of injecting pegylated PTH-TTR constructs into mice on blood ionized calcium release. For this example 60 male, BDF1, 4 week-old mice were split into 12 groups and injected (day 0) subcutaneously with 8.91 mg test protein per kg animal (PTH fusion construct, PTH-Fc, or a TTR(C10A) control). Each group was bled (75 μl) at [0135] time points 0, 24, 48, and 72 hours. Mice were anesthetized with isoflurane prior to collection.
  • The collected blood was analyzed for ionized calcium using a Ciba*Corning 634 Ca++/pH analyzer. As seen in FIG. 11, PTH-Fc, PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/A37C) (PEG 5K), PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/A37C) (PEG 20K), PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C) (PEG 5K), and PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C) (PEG 20K) showed the greatest response with ionized calcium levels rising between 2.2 and 2.7 mmol per L at 24 hours post-injection, which is 1.7 times baseline at 1.3 mmol per L. At 72 hours post injection, the ionized calcium levels of all groups returned to baseline, except PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/A37C) (PEG 5K), PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C) (PEG 5K), and PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C) (PEG 20K) treated groups that maintained elevated ionized calcium levels between 1.8 and 1.9 mmol per L. The non-pegylated PTH-TTR constructs were equivalent to or slightly better than the TTR(C10A) control at raising serum ionized calcium levels. [0136]
    • EXAMPLE 17
  • This example describes the construction of a PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/A81C) containing plasmid. The Xba1/Xba1 fragment of 5920 was ligated with the purified vector derived from digesting plasmid 5643 (described in example 1) with Xba1. The [0137] E. coli strain containing the resulting plasmid is described as 5933 PTH-TTRC10A/K15A/A81C.
    ATGTCTGTTTCTGAAATCCAGCTGATGCATAACCTGGGTAAACATCTGAACTCTA SEQ ID NO:43
    TGGAACGTGTTGAATGGCTGCGTAAGAAACTGCAGGACGTTCATAACTTTGGTCC
    AACTGGTACCGGTGAATCCAAGGCTCCTCTGATGGTCGCAGTTCTAGATGCTGTC
    CGAGGCAGTCCTGCCATCAATGTGGCCGTGCATGTGTTCAGAAAGGCTGCTGATG
    ACACCTGGGAGCCATTTGCCTCTGGGAAAACCAGTGAGTCTGGAGAGCTGCATGG
    GCTCACAACTGAGGAGGAATTTGTAGAAGGGATATACAAAGTGGAAATAGACACC
    AAATCTTACTGGAAGTGTCTTGGCATCTCCCCATTCCATGAGCATGCAGAGGTGG
    TATTCACAGCCAACGACTCCGGCCCCCGCCGCTACACCATTGCCGCCCTGCTGAG
    CCCCTACTCCTATTCCACCACGGCTGTCGTCACCAATCCCAAGGAATAA:
    • EXAMPLE 18
  • This example describes the preparation of a GLP-1-TTR(C10A/G83C) fusion and a GLP-1-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C) fusion. These constructs were cloned using plasmid pAMG21, which is described in example 1. Each of the oligonucleotides utilized in this example are listed in Table 6. [0138]
  • The bacterial host GM121 is an [0139] E. coli K-12 strain that has been modified to contain the lacIQ repressor in the late ebg region (68 minutes). The presence of this repressor gene allows the use of this host with a variety of expression systems, however this repressor is irrelevant to the expression from luxPR. The untransformed host has no antibiotic resistances. Specifically, F′tet/393 was modified by the delivery of a lacIQ construct into the ebg operon between nucleotide position 2493 and 2937 as numbered in the Genbank accession number M64441 Gb_Ba with the deletion of the intervening ebg sequence. The construct was delivered to the chromosome using a recombinant phage called AGebg-lacIQ #5.
  • After recombination and resolution only the chromosomal insert described above remains in the cell. It was renamed F′tet/GM120. F′tet/GM120 was then mutated in the hsdR gene to inactivate it. This was renamed F′tet/GM121. The F′tet episome was cured from the strain, verified as tetracyline sensitive and was stored as GM121 (ATCC #202174). [0140]
  • PCR was performed with Roche PCR Core Kit (Cat. No. 1 578 553) in 80 ul reactions containing 2-4 ul mini-prep plasmid DNA template, 1 uM each oligonucleotide, 0.2 mM each oligonucleotide, 5% DMSO (Sigma), and 2U Taq DNA polymerase in order to amplify the GLP-1 sequence and a linker. Reaction cycles were 94° C. for 5 min followed by 35 cycles of [94° C. for 20 sec, 45° C. for 30 sec, 72° C. for 1 min]. PCR products were purified with QIAquick® PCR Purification Kit according to the manufacturer's protocol (QIAGEN). PCR products and vectors were then digested with NdeI and KpnI (New England Biolabs). [0141]
  • Digested DNA was purified from an agarose gel, then mixed and ligated by T4 DNA ligase (New England Biolabs) for 1.5-2 hours at room temperature. Each ligation mixture was transformed by electroporation into the host strain GM121 described above with a Biorad [0142] E. coli Pulser at 2.5 KV in a cuvette with a gap length of 2 mm. The cells were allowed to recover in 2 ml Terrific Broth (TB) for about 3 hours at 37° C. at 250 rpm. 70-100 μl of the recovery culture was plated on LB agar containing 40 ug/ml kanamycin. DNA mini-preps were prepared and correct clones were verified by nucleotide sequencing.
  • To prepare the GLP-1-TTR(C10A/G83C) fusion, two oligonucleotides, oligonucleotide 1209-85, which binds the luxR promoter region, and 3131-63, which encodes the last 12 amino acids of the fusion linker and the first 8 amino acids of TTR, were synthesized. A pAMG21 plasmid derived from a strain which expresses a GLP-1 sequence with a N-terminal Met-Lys start followed by a seven Histidine sequence for nickel column purification, an Aspartic acid-Glutamic acid-Valine-Aspartic acid sequence for cleavage before the first Histidine of GLP-1 by caspase, the GLP-1(A2G) sequence, and a 27 amino acid fusion linker was amplified using oligonucleotides 1209-85 and 3131-63. The PCR product was cloned and sequenced as described above. The resultant strain containing the new plasmid was designated GLP-1-TTR(C10A/G83C) (strain 6298) and had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:47. [0143]
  • To prepare the GLP-1-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C) fusion, two oligonucleotides, oligonucleotide 3183-83, which contains and NdeI site and encodes the purification and cleavage sequence described above plus the first six amino acids of GLP-1(A2G), and 3183-84, which encodes the last 6 amino acids of the fusion linker and the first 8 amino acids of TTR, were synthesized. [0144]
  • A pAMG21 plasmid derived from a strain which expresses a GLP-1 sequence with a N-terminal Met-Lys start followed by a seven Histidine sequence for nickel column purification, an Aspartic acid-Glutamic acid-Valine-Aspartic acid sequence for cleavage before the first Histidine of GLP-1 by caspase, the GLP-1(A2G) sequence, and a 25 amino acid fusion linker was amplified using oligonucleotides 3183-83 and 3183-84. The PCR product was cloned and sequenced as described above. The resultant strain containing the new plasmid was designated GLP-1-TTR(C10A/K15A/G83C) (strain 6450) and had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:48. [0145]
    TABLE 6
    SEQ ID
    Oligo Sequence Number
    1209-85 CGTACAGGTTTACGCAAGAAAATGG 44
    3131-63 GGATTCACCGGTACCAGTTGGACCACCACCACCAC 45
    CACCACCCGCACTGCCTGAACCAGAGC
    3183-83 TGACTAAGCCATATGAAACATCATCACCATCACCAT 46
    CATGACGAAGTTGATCACGGTGAAGGTACTTTCAC
    3183-84 GGATTCACCGGTACCAGTTGGACCACCACCACCAC 47
    CACCGCTAC
  • [0146]
    ATGAAACATCATCACCATCACCATCATGACGAAGTTGATCACGGTGAAGGTACTT SEQ ID NO:48
    TCACTTCTGACGTTTCTTCTTATCTGGAAGGTCAGGCTGCTAAAGAATTCATCGC
    TTGGCTGGTTAAAGGTCGTGGTGGTTCTGGTTCTGCTACTGGTGGTTCCGGCTCC
    ACCGCAAGCTCTGGTTCAGGCAGTGCGGGTGGTGGTGGTGGTGGTGGTCCAACTG
    GTACCGGTGAATCCAAGGCTCCTCTGATGGTCAAAGTTCTAGATGCTGTCCGAGG
    CAGTCCTGCCATCAATGTGGCCGTGCATGTGTTCAGAAAGGCTGCTGATGACACC
    TGGGAGCCATTTGCCTCTGGGAAAACCAGTGAGTCTGGAGAGCTGCATGGGCTCA
    CAACTGAGGAGGAATTTGTAGAAGGGATATACAAAGTGGAAATAGACACCAAATC
    TTACTGGAAGGCACTTTGCATCTCCCCATTCCATGAGCATGCAGAGGTGGTATTC
    ACAGCCAACGACTCCGGCCCCCGCCGCTACACCATTGCCGCCCTGCTGAGCCCCT
    ACTCCTATTCCACCACGGCTGTCGTCACCAATCCCAAGGAATAA
  • [0147]
    ATGAAACATCATCACCATCACCATCATGACGAAGTTGATCACGGTGAAGGTACTT SEQ ID NO:49
    TCACTTCTGACGTTTCTTCTTATCTGGAAGGTCAGGCTGCTAAAGAATTCATCGC
    TTGGCTGGTTAAAGGTCGTGGTGGTGGTGGTGGTTCTGGTGGTGGTGGTTCTGGT
    GGTGGTGGTTCTGGCGGCGGTGGTAGCGGTGGTGGTGGTGGTGGTCCAACTGGTA
    CCGGTGAATCCAAGGCTCCTCTGATGGTCGCAGTTCTAGATGCTGTCCGAGGCAG
    TCCTGCCATCAATGTGGCCGTGCATGTGTTCAGAAAGGCTGCTGATGACACCTGG
    GAGCCATTTGCCTCTGGGAAAACCAGTGAGTCTGGAGAGCTGCATGGGCTCACAA
    CTGAGGAGGAATTTGTAGAAGGGATATACAAAGTGGAAATAGACACCAAATCTTA
    CTGGAAGGCACTTTGCATCTCCCCATTCCATGAGCATGCAGAGGTGGTATTCACA
    GCCAACGACTCCGGCCCCCGCCGCTACACCATTGCCGCCCTGCTGAGCCCCTACT
    CCTATTCCACCACGGCTGTCGTCACCAATCCCAAGGAATAA
    • EXAMPLE 19
  • This example describes the preparation of a GLP-1(A2G)-K-Fc fusion. This construct was cloned using plasmid pAMG33*, which differs from pAMG21 in that the lux protein and promoters are replaced with lacI binding sites and an IPTG inducible promoter and the ribosomal binding site sequence is shorter (the sequence between the AatII and ClaI recognition sites is replaced with AATTGTGAGCGGATAACAATTGAC AAATGCTAAAATTCTTGATTAATTGTGAGCGGATAACAATTTATCGATTTGATTC TAGAAGGAGGAATAA) and some of the sequence after the SacII recognition site was deleted (leaving [0148]
    ATAAATAAGTAACGATCCGGTCCAGTAATGACCTCAGAAC
    TCCATCTGGATTTGTTCAGAACGCTCGGTTGCCGCCGGGCGTTTTTTATT
    GGTGAGAATCGCAGCAACTTGTCGCGCCAATCGAGCCATGTCGTCGTCAA
    CGACCCCCCATTCAAGAACAGCAAGCAGCATTGAGAACTTTGGAATCCAG
    TCCCTCTTCCACCTGCTGACCG).
  • Each of the oligonucleotides utilized in this example are listed in Table 7. [0149]
  • To prepare the GLP-1(A2G)-Fc fusion, two oligonucleotides, oligonucleotide 2985-92, which contains and NdeI site and encodes the purification and cleavage sequence described above plus the first eight amino acids of GLP-1(A2G), and 2687-50, which encodes the [0150] amino acids 18 through 23 of the Fc, were synthesized. A pAMG33* plasmid derived from a strain which expresses a GLP-1(A2G) sequence with a N-terminal Met start, a 27 amino acid linker, and an Fc sequence was amplified using oligonucleotides 2985-92 and 2687-50. The PCR product was cloned and sequenced as described above except the enzymes used were NdeI and EcoRI. A colony screening step was included which verified the presence of insert by PCR with oligonucleotides directed against upstream vector sequence and the 5 His-Aspartic acid sequence which the insert introduced. The resultant strain containing the new plasmid was designated GLP-1(A2G)-K-Fc (strain 5945) and had the DNA sequence identified in SEQ ID NO:51.
    TABLE 7
    SEQ ID
    Oligo Sequence Number
    2985-92 AGACCTGTACATATGAAACATCATCACCATCACCAT 50
    CATGACGAAGTTGATCACGGTGAAGGTACTTTCAC
    TTCTG
    2687-50 GGGGGAAGAGGAAAACTGAC 51
  • [0151]
    ATGAAACATCATCACCATCACCATCATGACGAAGTTGATCACGGTGAAGGTACTT SEQ ID NO: 52
    TCACTTCTGACGTTTCTTCTTATCTGGAAGGTCAGGCTGCTAAAGAATTCATCGC
    TTGGCTGGTTAAAGGTCGTGGTGGTTCTGGTTCTGCTACTGGTGGTTCCGGCTCC
    ACCGCAAGCTCTGGTTCAGGCAGTGCGACTCATGGTGGTGGTGGTGGTGACAAAA
    CTCACACATGTCCACCGTGCCCAGCACCTGAACTCCTGGGGGGACCGTCAGTTTT
    CCTCTTCCCCCCAAAACCCAAGGACACCCTCATGATCTCCCGGACCCCTGAGGTC
    ACATGCGTGGTGGTGGACGTGAGCCACGAAGACCCTGAGGTCAAGTTCAACTGGT
    ACGTGGACGGCGTGGAGGTGCATAATGCCAAGACAAAGCCGCGGGAGGAGCAGTA
    CAACAGCACGTACCGTGTGGTCAGCGTCCTCACCGTCCTGCACCAGGACTGGCTG
    AATGGCAAGGAGTACAAGTGCAAGGTCTCCAACAAAGCCCTCCCAGCCCCCATCG
    AGAAAACCATCTCCAAAGCCAAAGGGCAGCCCCGAGAACCACAGGTGTACACCCT
    GCCCCCATCCCGGGATGAGCTGACCAAGAACCAGGTCAGCCTGACCTGCCTGGTC
    AAAGGCTTCTATCCCAGCGACATCGCCGTGGAGTGGGAGAGCAATGGGCAGCCGG
    AGAACAACTACAAGACCACGCCTCCCGTGCTGGACTCCGACGGCTCCTTCTTCCT
    CTACAGCAAGCTCACCGTGGACAAGAGCAGGTGGCAGCAGGGGAACGTCTTCTCA
    TGCTCCGTGATGCATGAGGCTCTGCACAACCACTACACGCAGAAGAGCCTCTCCC
    TGTCTCCGGGTAAA
    • EXAMPLE 20
  • This example describes the cloning of the CH2 domain of an immunoglobulin molecule to the TTR(C10A) to generate TMP-CH2-TTRC10A and TTRC10A-CH2-TMP. [0152]
  • The CH2 domain derived from TMP-Fc was linked to the C-terminal end of TTR(C10A), i.e., strain 5619, by a two-step PCR procedure. The CH2 domain (containing from 5′ to 3′: the last 7 codons of TTR, CH2 and a BamH1-XhoI linker) was first amplified by the following oligos: [0153]
  • 2973-77: [0154]
    (SEQ ID NO:53)
    GTC GTC ACC AAT CCC AAG GAA GGT TCT GGC TCC GGA
    TCA GGG GGA CCG TCA GTT TTC CTC, and
  • 2973-78: [0155]
    (SEQ ID NO:54)
    CCG CGG ATC CTC GAG ATT AGG ATC CAG AAC CCC CTT
    TGG CTT TGG AGA TGG T.
  • This fragment was then fused to 5619 in a subsequent PCR by oligos 2973-78 and [0156]
  • 2973-79: [0157]
    (SEQ ID NO:55)
    GAG GAA TAA CAT ATG GGT CCA ACT GGT ACC GGT GAA
    TCC AAG,
  • followed by Nde1 /XhoI digest and cloning into similarly restricted pAMG21. The resulting plasmid is described as 6017 (TTRC10A-CH2): [0158]
    ATGGGTCCAACTGGTACCGGTGAATCCAAGGCTCCTCTGATGGTCAAAGTTCTAG SEQ ID NO:56
    ATGCTGTCCGAGGCAGTCCTGCCATCAATGTGGCCGTGCATGTGTTCAGAAAGGC
    TGCTGATGACACCTGGGAGCCATTTGCCTCTGGGAAAACCAGTGAGTCTGGAGAG
    CTGCATGGGCTCACAACTGAGGAGGAATTTGTAGAAGGGATATACAAAGTGGAAA
    TAGACACCAAATCTTACTGGAAGGCACTTGGCATCTCCCCATTCCATGAGCATGC
    AGAGGTGGTATTCACAGCCAACGACTCCGGCCCCCGCCGCTACACCATTGCCGCC
    CTGCTGAGCCCCTACTCCTATTCCACCACGGCTGTCGTCACCAATCCCAAGGAAG
    GTTCTGGCTCCGGATCAGGGGGACCGTCAGTTTTCCTCTTCCCCCCAAAACCCAA
    GGACACCCTCATGATCTCCCGGACCCCTGAGGTCACATGCGTGGTGGTGGACGTG
    AGCCACGAAGACCCTGAGGTCAAGTTCAACTGGTACGTGGACGGCGTGGAGGTGC
    ATAATGCCAAGACAAAGCCGCGGGAGGAGCAGTACAACAGCACGTACCGTGTGGT
    CAGCGTCCTCACCGTCCTGCACCAGGACTGGCTGAATGGCAAGGAGTACAAGTGC
    AAGGTCTCCAACAAAGCCCTCCCAGCCCCCATCGAGAAAACCATCTCCAAAGCCA
    AAGGGGGTTCTGGATCCTAA:
  • The Xba1/Xba1 fragment of 6017 was replaced with the corresponding fragment of 5704 as described above to construct TMP-TTRC10A-CH2 (Strain 6024): [0159]
    ATGATCGAAGGTCCGACTCTGCGTCAGTGGCTGGCTGCTCGTGCTGGCGGTGGTG SEQ ID NO:57
    GCGGAGGGGGTGGCATTGAGGGCCCAACCCTTCGCCAATGGCTTGCAGCACGCGC
    AGGTCCAACTGGTACCGGTGAATCCAAGGCTCCTCTGATGGTCAAAGTTCTAGAT
    GCTGTCCGAGGCAGTCCTGCCATCAATGTGGCCGTGCATGTGTTCAGAAAGGCTG
    CTGATGACACCTGGGAGCCATTTGCCTCTGGGAAAACCAGTGAGTCTGGAGAGCT
    GCATGGGCTCACAACTGAGGAGGAATTTGTAGAAGGGATATACAAAGTGGAAATA
    GACACCAAATCTTACTGGAAGGCACTTGGCATCTCCCCATTCCATGAGCATGCAG
    AGGTGGTATTCACAGCCAACGACTCCGGCCCCCGCCGCTACACCATTGCCGCCCT
    GCTGAGCCCCTACTCCTATTCCACCACGGCTGTCGTCACCAATCCCAAGGAAGGT
    TCTGGCTCCGGATCAGGGGGACCGTCAGTTTTCCTCTTCCCCCCAAAACCCAAGG
    ACACCCTCATGATCTCCCGGACCCCTGAGGTCACATGCGTGGTGGTGGACGTGAG
    CCACGAAGACCCTGAGGTCAAGTTCAACTGGTACGTGGACGGCGTGGAGGTGCAT
    AATGCCAAGACAAAGCCGCGGGAGGAGCAGTACAACAGCACGTACCGTGTGGTCA
    GCGTCCTCACCGTCCTGCACCAGGACTGGCTGAATGGCAAGGAGTACAAGTGCAA
    GGTCTCCAACAAAGCCCTCCCAGCCCCCATCGAGAAAACCATCTCCAAAGCCAAA
    GGGGGTTCTGGATCCTAA:
  • Construction of TTRC10A-CH2-TMP was done as follows: the TMP fragment containing a 5′ BamHI linker and 3′ XhoI linker was amplified by oligos 2694-19 and [0160]
  • 2974-70: [0161]
    (SEQ ID NO:58)
    GAG GAA TAA GGA TCC ATC GAA GGT CCG ACT CTG CG
  • The amplified fragment was digested with BamH1 and Xho1 and was subsequently ligated with similarly restricted 6017. The resulting clone is described as strain 6104 (TTRC10A-CH2-TMP). [0162]
    ATGGGTCCAACTGGTACCGGTGAATCCAAGGCTCCTCTGATGGTCAAAGTTCTAG SEQ ID NO:59
    ATGCTGTCCGAGGCAGTCCTGCCATCAATGTGGCCGTGCATGTGTTCAGAAAGGC
    TGCTGATGACACCTGGGAGCCATTTGCCTCTGGGAAAACCAGTGAGTCTGGAGAG
    CTGCATGGGCTCACAACTGAGGAGGAATTTGTAGAAGGGATATACAAAGTGGAAA
    TAGACACCAAATCTTACTGGAAGGCACTTGGCATCTCCCCATTCCATGAGCATGC
    AGAGGTGGTATTCACAGCCAACGACTCCGGCCCCCGCCGCTACACCATTGCCGCC
    CTGCTGAGCCCCTACTCCTATTCCACCACGGCTGTCGTCACCAATCCCAAGGAAG
    GTTCTGGCTCCGGATCAGGGGGACCGTCAGTTTTCCTCTTCCCCCCAAAACCCAA
    GGACACCCTCATGATCTCCCGGACCCCTGAGGTCACATGCGTGGTGGTGGACGTG
    AGCCACGAAGACCCTGAGGTCAAGTTCAACTGGTACGTGGACGGCGTGGAGGTGC
    ATAATGCCAAGACAAAGCCGCGGGAGGAGCAGTACAACAGCACGTACCGTGTGGT
    CAGCGTCCTCACCGTCCTGCACCAGGACTGGCTGAATGGCAAGGAGTACAAGTGC
    AAGGTCTCCAACAAAGCCCTCCCAGCCCCCATCGAGAAAACCATCTCCAAAGCCA
    AAGGGGGTTCTGGATCCATCGAAGGTCCGACTCTGCGTCAGTGGCTGGCTGCTCG
    TGCTGGCGGTGGTGGCGGAGGGGGTGGCATTGAGGGCCCAACCCTTCGCCAATGG
    CTTGCAGCACGCGCATAA:
  • Another configuration of this fusion was made as TMP-CH2-TTR2. The CH2 domain derived from TMP-Fc was first linked to N-terminus of TTRC10A by a two-step PCR. The CH2 domain (containing from 5′ to 3′: a NdeI-BamHI linker, CH2 and the first 7 codons of TTR C10A) was first amplified by oligos [0163]
  • 2974-65: [0164]
    (SEQ ID NO:60)
    TTC ACC GGT ACC AGT TGG ACC AGA ACC CCC TTT GGC
    TTT GGA GAT GGT, and
  • 2974-66: [0165]
    (SEQ ID NO:61)
    GAG GAA TAA CAT ATG GGA TCC GGT TCT GGG GGA CCG
    TCA GTT TTC CTC.
  • This fragment was fused to 5619 in a subsequent PCR by oligos 2974-66 and 2693-80 (example 1), followed by restriction with NdeI/XhoI and cloning into similarly restricted pAMG21. The resulting clone is described as 6016 (CH2-TTRC10A): [0166]
    SEQ ID NO:62
    ATGGGATCCGGTTCTGGGGGACCGTCAGTTTTCCTCTTCCCCCCAAAACC
    CAAGGACACCCTCATGATCTCCCGGACCCCTGAGGTCACATGCGTGGTGG
    TGGACGTGAGCCACGAAGACCCTGAGGTCAAGTTCAACTGGTACGTGGAC
    GGCGTGGAGGTGCATAATGCCAAGACAAAGCCGCGGGAGGAGCAGTACAA
    CAGCACGTACCGTGTGGTCAGCGTCCTCACCGTCCTGCACCAGGACTGGC
    TGAATGGCAAGGAGTACAAGTGCAAGGTCTCCAACAAAGCCCTCCCAGCC
    CCCATCGAGAAAACCATCTCCAAAGCCAAAGGGGGTTCTGGTCCAACTGG
    TACCGGTGAATCCAAGGCTCCTCTGATGGTCAAAGTTCTAGATGCTGTCC
    GAGGCAGTCCTGCCATCAATGTGGCCGTGCATGTGTTCAGAAAGGCTGCT
    GATGACACCTGGGAGCCATTTGCCTCTGGGAAAACCAGTGAGTCTGGAGA
    GCTGCATGGGCTCACAACTGAGGAGGAATTTGTAGAAGGGATATACAAAG
    TGGAAATAGACACCAAATCTTACTGGAAGGCACTTGGCATCTCCCCATTC
    CATGAGCATGCAGAGGTGGTATTCACAGCCAACGACTCCGGCCCCCGCCG
    CTACACCATTGCCGCCCTGCTGAGCCCCTACTCCTATTCCACCACGGCTG
    TCGTCACCAATCCCAAGGAATAA:
  • The TMP fragment containing a NdeI linker at 5′ end and a BamHI linker at 3′ end was amplified by oligos [0167]
  • 2974-68: [0168]
    (SEQ ID NO:63)
    GAG GAA TAA CAT ATG ATC GAA GGT CCG ACT CTG, and
  • 2974-69: [0169]
    (SEQ ID NO:64)
    TAA CAT ATG GGA TCC TGC GCG TGC TGC AAG CCA TTG.
  • This fragment was then digested with NdeI/BamHI and ligated with the vector which was similarly restricted, gel purified from strain 6016. The resulting clone is described as 6110 (TMP-CH2-TTRC10A): [0170]
    SEQ ID NO:65
    ATGATCGAAGGTCCGACTCTGCGTCAGTGGCTGGCTGCTCGTGCTGGCGG
    TGGTGGCGGAGGGGGTGGCATTGAGGGCCCAACCCTTCGCCAATGGCTTG
    CAGCACGCGCAGGATCCGGTTCTGGGGGACCGTCAGTTTTCCTCTTCCCC
    CCAAAACCCAAGGACACCCTCATGATCTCCCGGACCCCTGAGGTCACATG
    CGTGGTGGTGGACGTGAGCCACGAAGACCCTGAGGTCAAGTTCAACTGGT
    ACGTGGACGGCGTGGAGGTGCATAATGCCAAGACAAAGCCGCGGGAGGAG
    CAGTACAACAGCACGTACCGTGTGGTCAGCGTCCTCACCGTCCTGCACCA
    GGACTGGCTGAATGGCAAGGAGTACAAGTGCAAGGTCTCCAACAAAGCCC
    TCCCAGCCCCCATCGAGAAAACCATCTCCAAAGCCAAAGGGGGTTCTGGT
    CCAACTGGTACCGGTGAATCCAAGGCTCCTCTGATGGTCAAAGTTCTAGA
    TGCTGTCCGAGGCAGTCCTGCCATCAATGTGGCCGTGCATGTGTTCAGAA
    AGGCTGCTGATGACACCTGGGAGCCATTTGCCTCTGGGAAAACCAGTGAG
    TCTGGAGAGCTGCATGGGCTCACAACTGAGGAGGAATTTGTAGAAGGGAT
    ATACAAAGTGGAAATAGACACCAAATCTTACTGGAAGGCACTTGGCATCT
    CCCCATTCCATGAGCATGCAGAGGTGGTATTCACAGCCAACGACTCCGGC
    CCCCGCCGCTACACCATTGCCGCCCTGCTGAGCCCCTACTCCTATTCCAC
    CACGGCTGTCGTCACCAATCCCAAGGAATAA:
    • EXAMPLE 21
  • This example describes the construction of TTRC10A/K15A-TMP, TTRC10A/K15A/A81C-TMP and TTRC10A/K15A/G83C-TMP. [0171]
  • TMP was also cloned at the C- termini of TTR and variants thereof. The full length TMP containing at its N- terminal end a 5-amino acids linker (gsgsg) plus the last 7 amino acids of wt TTR was amplified by the following set of oligonucleotides in a standard PCR procedure. [0172]
  • 2694-18: [0173]
    (SEQ ID NO:66)
    GTC GTC ACC AAT CCC AAG GAA GGT TCT GGT TCT GGT
    ATC GAA, and
  • 2694-19: [0174]
    (SEQ ID NO:67)
    CCG CGG ATC CTC GAG ATT ATG CGC GTG CTG CAA GCC
    ATT G.
  • This PCR fragment was further linked to the 3′ end of wt TTR by a second PCR utilizing oligos 2694-19 and 2693-79 as described in example 1. The resulting clone was sequence confirmed and is described as strain 5365 (TTR-TMP): [0175]
    SEQ ID NO:68
    ATGGGTCCAACTGGTACCGGTGAATCCAAGTGTCCTCTGATGGTCAAAGT
    TCTAGATGCTGTCCGAGGCAGTCCTGCCATCAATGTGGCCGTGCATGTGT
    TCAGAAAGGCTGCTGATGACACCTGGGAGCCATTTGCCTCTGGGAAAACC
    AGTGAGTCTGGAGAGCTGCATGGGCTCACAACTGAGGAGGAATTTGTAGA
    AGGGATATACAAAGTGGAAATAGACACCAAATCTTACTGGAAGGCACTTG
    GCATCTCCCCATTCCATGAGCATGCAGAGGTGGTATTCACAGCCAACGAC
    TCCGGCCCCCGCCGCTACACCATTGCCGCCCTGCTGAGCCCCTACTCCTA
    TTCCACCACGGCTGTCGTCACCAATCCCAAGGAAGGTTCTGGTTCTGGTA
    TCGAAGGTCCGACTCTGCGTCAGTGGCTGGCTGCTCGTGCTGGCGGTGGT
    GGCGGAGGGGGTGGCATTGAGGGCCCAACCCTTCGCCAATGGCTTGCAGC
    ACGCGCATAA:
  • The Xba1/Xba1 fragment of 5365 was then replaced by the corresponding Xba1/Xba1 fragment of strain 5895 to make strain 5921 (TTRC10A/K15A-TMP) as described above: [0176]
    SEQ ID NO:69
    ATGGGTCCAACTGGTACCGGTGAATCCAAGGCTCCTCTGATGGTCGCAGT
    TCTAGATGCTGTCCGAGGCAGTCCTGCCATCAATGTGGCCGTGCATGTGT
    TCAGAAAGGCTGCTGATGACACCTGGGAGCCATTTGCCTCTGGGAAAACC
    AGTGAGTCTGGAGAGCTGCATGGGCTCACAACTGAGGAGGAATTTGTAGA
    AGGGATATACAAAGTGGAAATAGACACCAAATCTTACTGGAAGGCACTTG
    GCATCTCCCCATTCCATGAGCATGCAGAGGTGGTATTCACAGCCAACGAC
    TCCGGCCCCCGCCGCTACACCATTGCCGCCCTGCTGAGCCCCTACTCCTA
    TTCCACCACGGCTGTCGTCACCAATCCCAAGGAAGGTTCTGGTTCTGGTA
    TCGAAGGTCCGACTCTGCGTCAGTGGCTGGCTGCTCGTGCTGGCGGTGGT
    GGCGGAGGGGGTGGCATTGAGGGCCCAACCCTTCGCCAATGGCTTGCAGC
    ACGCGCATAA:
  • Plasmid 5921 was subsequently modified by replacing the amino acids at the following positions: A37, A81 and G83, with the amino acid Cysteine as described in example 1, except that the [0177] TTR 3′ oligo utilized with the mutation oligos (2693-80) in example 1 was replaced with 2694-19, resulting in Strain 5982, containing TTRC10A/K15A/A37C-TMP (SEQ ID NO:70), Strain 5983 containing TTRC10A/K15A/A81C-TMP (SEQ ID NO:71), and Strain 5984 containing TTRC10A/K15A/G83C-TMP (SEQ ID NO:72).
    SEQ ID NO:70:
    ATGGGTCCAACTGGTACCGGTGAATCCAAGGCTCCTCTGATGGTCGCAGT
    TCTAGATGCTGTCCGAGGCAGTCCTGCCATCAATGTGGCCGTGCATGTGT
    TCAGAAAGGCTTGTGATGACACCTGGGAGCCATTTGCCTCTGGGAAAACC
    AGTGAGTCTGGAGAGCTGCATGGGCTCACAACTGAGGAGGAATTTGTAGA
    AGGGATATACAAAGTGGAAATAGACACCAAATCTTACTGGAAGGCACTTG
    GCATCTCCCCATTCCATGAGCATGCAGAGGTGGTATTCACAGCCAACGAC
    TCCGGCCCCCGCCGCTACACCATTGCCGCCCTGCTGAGCCCCTACTCCTA
    TTCCACCACGGCTGTCGTCACCAATCCCAAGGAAGGTTCTGGTTCTGGTA
    TCGAAGGTCCGACTCTGCGTCAGTGGCTGGCTGCTCGTGCTGGCGGTGGT
    GGCGGAGGGGGTGGCATTGAGGGCCCAACCCTTCGCCAATGGCTTGCAGC
    ACGCGCATAA
  • [0178]
    SEQ ID NO:71:
    ATGGGTCCAACTGGTACCGGTGAATCCAAGGCTCCTCTGATGGTCGCAGT
    TCTAGATGCTGTCCGAGGCAGTCCTGCCATCAATGTGGCCGTGCATGTGT
    TCAGAAAGGCTGCTGATGACACCTGGGAGCCATTTGCCTCTGGGAAAACC
    AGTGAGTCTGGAGAGCTGCATGGGCTCACAACTGAGGAGGAATTTGTAGA
    AGGGATATACAAAGTGGAAATAGACACCAAATCTTACTGGAAGTGTCTTG
    GCATCTCCCCATTCCATGAGCATGCAGAGGTGGTATTCACAGCCAACGAC
    TCCGGCCCCCGCCGCTACACCATTGCCGCCCTGCTGAGCCCCTACTCCTA
    TTCCACCACGGCTGTCGTCACCAATCCCAAGGAAGGTTCTGGTTCTGGTA
    TCGAAGGTCCGACTCTGCGTCAGTGGCTGGCTGCTCGTGCTGGCGGTGGT
    GGCGGAGGGGGTGGCATTGAGGGCCCAACCCTTCGCCAATGGCTTGCAGC
    ACGCGCATAA
  • [0179]
    SEQ ID NO:72:
    ATGGGTCCAACTGGTACCGGTGAATCCAAGGCTCCTCTGATGGTCGCAGT
    TCTAGATGCTGTCCGAGGCAGTCCTGCCATCAATGTGGCCGTGCATGTGT
    TCAGAAAGGCTGCTGATGACACCTGGGAGCCATTTGCCTCTGGGAAAACC
    AGTGAGTCTGGAGAGCTGCATGGGCTCACAACTGAGGAGGAATTTGTAGA
    AGGGATATACAAAGTGGAAATAGACACCAAATCTTACTGGAAGGCACTTT
    GCATCTCCCCATTCCATGAGCATGCAGAGGTGGTATTCACAGCCAACGAC
    TCCGGCCCCCGCCGCTACACCATTGCCGCCCTGCTGAGCCCCTACTCCTA
    TTCCACCACGGCTGTCGTCACCAATCCCAAGGAAGGTTCTGGTTCTGGTA
    TCGAAGGTCCGACTCTGCGTCAGTGGCTGGCTGCTCGTGCTGGCGGTGGT
    GGCGGAGGGGGTGGCATTGAGGGCCCAACCCTTCGCCAGTGGCTTGCAGC
    ACGCGCATAA
    • EXAMPLE 22
  • This example describes the construction of TMP-TTRC10A/K15A/A81C and TMP-TTRC10A/K15A/A37C. The Lys at 15th position of TTR was mutagenized to Ala in strains 5704, 5706 and 5707 by the following methods. Plasmid 5513 was digested with Nde1/Kpn1, the insert harboring TMP fragment and the first 6 amino acids of TTR was purified and ligated with Nde1/Kpn1 restricted and gel purified vector derived from strain 5895. The bacterial strain containing the resulting plasmid is described as 5919 (TMP-TTRC10A/K15A/G83C). Plasmid 5919 was then digested with Xba1, the resulting Xba1/Xba1 fragment containing TMP and the first 18 codons of TTR including the C10A and K15A mutations was gel purified and ligated with Xba1 digested, phosphatase treated and gel purified vectors derived from strain 5704 and 5706. The new strains are described as 5918 (TMP-TTRC10A/K15A/A81C) and 6023 (TMP-TTRC10A/K15A/A37C). [0180]
    TMP-TTRC10A/K15A/G83C:
    (SEQ ID NO:73)
    ATGATCGAAGGTCCGACTCTGCGTCAGTGGCTGGCTGCTCGTGCTGGCGG
    TGGTGGCGGAGGGGGTGGCATTGAGGGCCCAACCCTTCGCCAATGGCTTG
    CAGCACGCGCAGGTCCAACTGGTACCGGTGAATCCAAGGCTCCTCTGATG
    GTCGCAGTTCTAGATGCTGTCCGAGGCAGTCCTGCCATCAATGTGGCCGT
    GCATGTGTTCAGAAAGGCTGCTGATGACACCTGGGAGCCATTTGCCTCTG
    GGAAAACCAGTGAGTCTGGAGAGCTGCATGGGCTCACAACTGAGGAGGAA
    TTTGTAGAAGGGATATACAAAGTGGAAATAGACACCAAATCTTACTGGAA
    GGCACTTTGCATCTCCCCATTCCATGAGCATGCAGAGGTGGTATTCACAG
    CCAACGACTCCGGCCCCCGCCGCTACACCATTGCCGCCCTGCTGAGCCCC
    TACTCCTATTCCACCACGGCTGTCGTCACCAATCCCAAGGAATAA
  • [0181]
    TMP-TTRC10A/K15A/A81C:
    (SEQ ID NO:74)
    ATGATCGAAGGTCCGACTCTGCGTCAGTGGCTGGCTGCTCGTGCTGGCGG
    TGGTGGCGGAGGGGGTGGCATTGAGGGCCCAACCCTTCGCCAATGGCTTG
    CAGCACGCGCAGGTCCAACTGGTACCGGTGAATCCAAGGCTCCTCTGATG
    GTCGCAGTTCTAGATGCTGTCCGAGGCAGTCCTGCCATCAATGTGGCCGT
    GCATGTGTTCAGAAAGGCTGCTGATGACACCTGGGAGCCATTTGCCTCTG
    GGAAAACCAGTGAGTCTGGAGAGCTGCATGGGCTCACAACTGAGGAGGAA
    TTTGTAGAAGGGATATACAAAGTGGAAATAGACACCAAATCTTACTGGAA
    GTGTCTTGGCATCTCCCCATTCCATGAGCATGCAGAGGTGGTATTCACAG
    CCAACGACTCCGGCCCCCGCCGCTACACCATTGCCGCCCTGCTGAGCCCC
    TACTCCTATTCCACCACGGCTGTCGTCACCAATCCCAAGGAATAA
  • [0182]
    TMP-TTRC10A/K15A/A37C:
    (SEQ ID NO:75)
    ATGATCGAAGGTCCGACTCTGCGTCAGTGGCTGGCTGCTCGTGCTGGCGG
    TGGTGGCGGAGGGGGTGGCATTGAGGGCCCAACCCTTCGCCAATGGCTTG
    CAGCACGCGCAGGTCCAACTGGTACCGGTGAATCCAAGGCTCCTCTGATG
    GTCGCAGTTCTAGATGCTGTCCGAGGCAGTCCTGCCATCAATGTGGCCGT
    GCATGTGTTCAGAAAGGCTTGTGATGACACCTGGGAGCCATTTGCCTCTG
    GGAAAACCAGTGAGTCTGGAGAGCTGCATGGGCTCACAACTGAGGAGGAA
    TTTGTAGAAGGGATATACAAAGTGGAAATAGACACCAAATCTTACTGGAA
    GGCACTTGGCATCTCCCCATTCCATGAGCATGCAGAGGTGGTATTCACAG
    CCAACGACTCCGGCCCCCGCCGCTACACCATTGCCGCCCTGCTGAGCCCC
    TACTCCTATTCCACCACGGCTGTCGTCACCAATCCCAAGGAATAA
    • EXAMPLE 23
  • This example describes the expression of GLP-1 fusions proteins in [0183] E. coli. 25-100 ml of a saturated overnight culture was used to inoculate 50 ml TB with 20 ug/ml kanamycin in a 250 ml baffled flask and incubated at 37C, 250 rpm overnight. 10-35 ml of these overnight cultures were used to inoculate 1L TB with 20 ug/ml kanamycin in a 2L baffled flask and incubated at 37C, 250 rpm until the optical density at 600 nm reached approximately 0.7. The cultures were then induced to express recombinant protein by the addition of: 1 ml of ethanol containing 30 ug/ml N-(B-ketocaproyl)-DL-homoserine lactone (Sigma) in the case of pAMG21, or IPTG to 0.1 mM in the case of pAMG33*. The incubation was continued for an additional 2-4 hours and the cells were collected by centrifugation.
    • EXAMPLE 24
  • This example describes the purification of PTH-TTR(C10A/K15A/A81C). About 197 g of [0184] E. coli paste from clone 5933 stored at −80° C. was defrosted in 1480 ml of 50 mM tris HCl, 5 mM EDTA, pH 8.0. 60 tablets of Sigma protease inhibitor cocktail 1-873-580 (Saint Louis, Mo.) was dissolved in the cell suspension and the suspension was passed through a model 110-Y microfluidizer (Microfluidics, Newton, Mass.) twice at 14,000 PSI. The lysate was centrifuged at 11,325×g for 50 min 4° C. The supernatant was removed as the soluble fraction. The soluble fraction was heated in a 65° C. water bath for 30 minutes in polypropylene bottles, at which time the temperature of the contents was 63° C. The soluble fraction was centrifuged at 11,325×g for 50 minutes 4° C. The supernatant was removed as Heat Soluble. The heat soluble fraction was filtered through a 0.45 μm cellulose acetate filter with two prefilters and then loaded on to a 240 ml Q-sepharose fast flow (5 cm ID) column (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway, N.J.) at 25 ml/min equilibrated in Q-Buffer A (20 mM tris HCl, 2.5 mM EDTA, pH 8.0) at room temperature (about 23° C.). Column was washed with about 2200 ml Q-Buffer A at 30 ml/min. Q-column was eluted with a 15 column volume linear gradient to 60% Q-Buffer B (20 mM tris HCl, 1 M NaCl, 2.5 mM EDTA, pH 8.0) followed by a 2 column volume step to 100% Q-Buffer B. Fractions containing the TTR fusion as determined by SDS-PAGE were pooled into a single Q-pool (1300 ml). To the Q-pool, 464 ml of 3.8 M ammonium sulfate pH 7.2 was slowly added. The solution was centrifuged at 11,325×g for 50 min 4° C. The supernatant was removed as the ammonium sulfate soluble fraction and discarded, and the pellet was resuspended in 450 ml 10 mM NaH2PO4, pH 7.0 by gentle agitation at room temperature for about 30 min. The solution was centrifuged at 11,325×g for 50 min 4° C. Supernatant was removed as phosphate buffer soluble fraction and filtered through a 0.45 μm cellulose acetate filter. Added 240 μl 1 M dithiothreitol to the phosphate buffer soluble fraction and loaded on to a 105 ml (2.6 cm) type 1 ceramic hydroxyapatite column (Bio-Rad Inc., Hercules, Calif.) at 10 ml/min in HA-Buffer A. Column was washed with approximately 210 ml HA-Buffer A at 10 ml/min followed by 3 steps of 25%, 50%, and 100% HA-Buffer B (400 mM NaH2PO4, pH 7.0). The fractions from the 50% elution were pooled as HA-pool (725 ml) and filtered through a 0.22 μm cellulose acetate filter. 1.16 g of dithiothreitol was added to HA-Pool, and the pH was raised to 8.0 using tris base followed by incubation at room temperature for about 30 minutes. Diluted HA-pool with 750 ml water and loaded on to a 50 ml source 15Q (2.6 cm ID) column (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) at 10 ml/min followed by a wash with about 250 ml Q-Buffer A. Column was eluted with a 20 column volume linear gradient from 10% to 60% Q-Buffer B followed a step of 2 column volumes of 100% Q-Buffer B. Fractions containing the TTR fusion as determined by SDS-PAGE were pooled into a single Q2-pool (170 ml) and filtered through a 0.22 μm cellulose acetate filter. The protein concentration was determined to be 3.7 mg/ml using a calculated extinction coefficient of 23,950 M−1 cm−1. The pyrogen level was determined to be <1 EU/mg of protein using the Limulus Ameboycyte Lysate assay (Associates of Cape Cod, Falmouth, Mass.). The nucleic acid content was determined to be negligible, since the ratio of the absorbance at 260 nm over 280 nm was determined to be 0.61.
    • EXAMPLE 25
  • This example describes the purification of TMP-TTR(C10A/D38C). About 170 g of [0185] E. coli paste from clone 5705 stored at −80° C. was defrosted in 1275 ml of 50 mM tris HCl, 5 mM EDTA, pH 8.0. 50 tablets of Sigma protease inhibitor cocktail 1-873-580 (Saint Louis, Mo.) was dissolved in the cell suspension and the suspension was passed through a model 110-Y microfluidizer (Microfluidics, Newton, Mass.) twice at 14,000 PSI. The lysate was centrifuged at 11,325×g for 30 min 4° C. The supernatant was removed as the soluble fraction and discarded. The pellets were resuspended in 1200 ml water using a tissue grinder and 20 more Sigma protease inhibitor tablets were added. The suspension was centrifuged at 11,325×g for 30 min 4° C. The supernatant was filtered through a Whatman GF/A filter and 2.1 g of dithiothreitol was added followed by incubation at 7° C. for 30 minutes. The reduced sample was loaded on to a 240 ml Q-sepharose fast flow (5 cm ID) column (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway, N.J.) at 30 ml/min equilibrated in Q-Buffer A (20 mM tris HCl, 0.02% sodium azide, pH 8.0) at 7° C. Column was washed with about 1920 ml Q-Buffer A at 30 ml/min. Q-column was eluted with 3 steps of 20%, 35%, and 100% Q-Buffer B (20 mM tris HCl, 1 M NaCl, 0.02% sodium azide, pH 8.0). Added 13 ml 500 mM EDTA pH 8.0 to the flowthrough from the Q-column and centrifuged for 30 min at 11,325 g at 4° C. Supernatant was discarded, and the pellet was resuspended in 700 ml 4 M urea, 20 mM tris HCl, pH 8.0. The urea solublized pellet was then filtered through a Whatman GF/A filter and loaded on to a 240 ml Q-sepharose fast flow (5 cm ID) column (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway, N.J.) at 30 ml/min equilibrated in Q-Buffer A (20 mM tris HCl, 0.02% sodium azide, pH 8.0) at 7° C. Column was washed with about 1920 ml Q-Buffer A at 30 ml/min. Q-column was eluted with 3 steps of 20%, 35%, and 100% Q-Buffer B (20 mM tris HCl, 1 M NaCl, 0.02% sodium azide, pH 8.0) at 15 ml/min. Fractions containing the 35% elution peak were pooled, filtered through a 0.22 μm cellulose acetate filter, and 0.5 g of dithiothreitol (10 mM final concentration) was added followed by incubation for 30 min at 7° C. The 35% Q-pool was then loaded on to a 45 ml (2.6 cm) type 1 ceramic hydroxyapatite column (Bio-Rad Inc., Hercules, Calif.) at 5 ml/min in 20 mM tris HCl, 350 mM NaCl, pH 8.0 at 7° C. Column was washed with approximately 70 ml 20 mM tris HCl, 350 mM NaCl, pH 8.0 at 5 ml/min followed by 3 steps of 2.5%, 25%, and 100% HA-Buffer B (400 mM NaH2PO4, pH 7.0). The fractions from the 2.5% elution were pooled as HA-pool (80 ml) and filtered through a 0.22 μm cellulose acetate filter. The protein concentration was determined to be 6.8 mg/ml using a calculated extinction coefficient of 29,450 M−1 cm−1. The pyrogen level was determined to be <1 EU/mg of protein using the Limulus Ameboycyte Lysate assay (Associates of Cape Cod, Falmouth, Mass.). The nucleic acid content was determined to be negligible, since the ratio of the absorbance at 260 nm over 280 nm was determined to be 0.54.
    • EXAMPLE 26
  • This example describes the refolding and purification of TTR(C10A)-CH2-TMP. About 23 g of [0186] E. coli paste from clone 6104 stored at −80° C. was defrosted in 200 ml of 50 mM tris HCl, 5 mM EDTA, pH 8.0. 10 tablets of Sigma protease inhibitor cocktail 1-873-580 (Saint Louis, Mo.) was dissolved in the cell suspension and the suspension was passed through a microfluidizer (Microfluidics, Newton, Mass.) twice at 12,000 PSI. The lysate was centrifuged at 15,344×g for 50 min 4° C. The supernatant was removed as the soluble fraction and discarded. The pellet was resuspended in 200 ml 50 mM tris HCl, 5 mM EDTA, pH 8.0 using a tissue grinder. The suspension was centrifuged at 15,344×g for 50 min 4° C. The supernatant was removed as the wash and discarded. The pellet was resuspended in 50 ml 50 mM tris HCl, 5 mM EDTA, pH 8.0 using a tissue grinder. The suspension was centrifuged at 14,000×g for 10 min room temperature. The supernatant was removed as the wash and discarded. The pellets were dissolved in 50 ml 8 M guanidine HCl, 50 mM tris HCl, pH 8.0 using a sonicator for about 1 min. Dissolved protein was reduced for 30 min room temperature by adding 500 μl 1 M DTT. Reduced protein was centrifuged for 30 min at 20° C. at 27,216 g. Supernatant was then added to 4 L 50 mM tris base, 160 mM arginine base, 1 M urea, 1 mM cystamine, 4 mM cysteine, pH 9.5 at 2 ml/min and incubated about 16 hours 4° C. Refolded protein was then filtered through a Gellman SUPORCAP® 50 and then concentrated to about 500 ml using a Pall Filtron 3 square foot YM10 membrane tangential flow system followed by diafiltration against 2 L 20 mM tris HCl pH 8.0. Concentrated protein was then loaded on to a 45 ml source 15Q (2.6 cm ID) column (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) at 18 ml/min followed by a wash with about 150 ml Q-Buffer A (20 mM tris HCl pH 8.0). Column was eluted with a 20 column volume linear gradient from 0% to 60% Q-Buffer B followed a step of 2 column volumes of 100% Q-Buffer B. Fractions containing the TTR fusion as determined by SDS-PAGE were pooled into a single Q-pool (29 ml). The Q-Pool was then concentrated to about 6.3 ml using a Millipore CENTRIPREP™ 10 and then passed through a Pall ACRODISC® MUSTANG™ E membrane filter at 1 ml/min. The protein concentration was determined to be 10.5 mg/ml using a calculated extinction coefficient of 46,410 M−1 cm−1. The pyrogen level was determined to be <1 EU/mg of protein using the Limulus Ameboycyte Lysate assay (Associates of Cape Cod, Falmouth, Mass.). The nucleic acid content was determined to be negligible, since the ratio of the absorbance at 260 nm over 280 nm was determined to be 0.51.
    • EXAMPLE 27
  • This example describes the purification of GLP1-TTR (C10A/K15A/G83C). About 30 g of [0187] E. coli paste from clone 6450 stored at −80° C. was defrosted in 250 ml of 50 mM NaH2PO4, pH 7.0. Cell suspension was passed through a microfluidizer (Microfluidics, Newton, Mass.) twice at 12,000 PSI. The lysate was centrifuged at 15,344×g for 50 min 4° C. The supernatant was discarded as the soluble fraction, and the pellet was resuspended in 200 ml deoxycholate using a tissue grinder. The suspension was centrifuged at 15,344×g for 50 min 4° C. The supernatant was discarded as the wash, and the pellet was resuspended in 200 ml water using a tissue grinder. The suspension was centrifuged at 15,344×g for 50 min 4° C. The supernatant was discarded as the wash, and the pellet was resuspended in 100 ml water using a tissue grinder. The suspension was centrifuged at 27,216×g for 30 min room temperature. The supernatant was discarded as the wash, and about ⅔ of the pellets were dissolved in 75 ml 8 M guanidine HCl, 50 mM tris HCl, pH 8.0 by agitation for about 15 min. The suspension was centrifuged at 27,216×g for 30 min room temperature, and the supernatant was diluted with 18 ml water. Sample was then loaded on to a 50 ml chelating sepharose fast flow column (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway, N.J.), loaded with NiCl2, at 5 ml/min. After washing with about 150 ml Ni-Buffer A (6 M guanidine HCl, 37.5 ml tris HCl, pH 8.0) at 10 ml/min, eluted with two step of 10% and 100% Ni-Buffer B (6 M guanidine HCl, 37.5 mM tris HCl, 400 mM imidazole, pH 8.0). Combined the peak containing the fusion construct as Ni-Pool (40 ml) and determined the protein content to be 6.4 mg/ml by observing the absorbance at 280 nm in 8 M guanidine HCl using an extinction coefficient of 25,440 M−1. Added 800 μl 500 mM EDTA pH 8.0 and removed 80 mg of protein for the PEGylation reaction. Added 230 μl 1 M DTT and incubated for 30 min at 30° C. Loaded on to a 130 ml SEPHADEX™ G25 medium column (2.6 cm ID) (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway, N.J.) at 8 ml/min in 20 mM tris HCl, 6 M urea, pH 8.5. Pooled the protein peak as determined by absorbance at 280 nm (22 ml) and determined the concentration to be 3.2 mg/ml by observing the absorbance at 280 nm in 20 mM tris HCl, 6 M urea, pH 8.5 using an extinction coefficient of 25,440 M−1. Reacted 45% of the buffer exchanged material with 950 μl of 5 mM methoxy-PEG-maleimide 5K (Shearwater Corporation, Huntsville, Ala.) for 140 min at 30° C. Added 100 μl 1 M 2-mercaptoethanol to each reaction to quench. Dialyzed reaction against 1 L 25 mM NaH2PO4, 3 M urea, pH 7.25 using a Pierce 10 kDa Slidealyzer for 2 hour room temperature. Changed the dialysis buffer for 25 mM NaH2PO4, 10% sucrose, 2 mM EDTA, pH 7.25 and incubated for about 16 hours room temperature. Added 140 μl 5% CHAPS and 7.28 μl 2-mercaptoethanol and 0.475 ml of 3 mg/ml caspase 3 followed by a 2 hour incubation at room temperature. Reaction mixture was loaded on to a 5 ml HiTrap Q-sepharose HP column (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway, N.J.) at 1 ml/min in 20 mM tris HCl pH 8.0 followed by about a 15 ml wash in the same buffer. Column was then developed at 5 ml/min using a linear gradient to 60% 20 mM tris HCl, 1 M NaCl, pH 8.0 followed by a step to 100% of the elution buffer. Fractions containing the TTR fusion as determined by SDS-PAGE were pooled into a single Q-pool (9.5 ml). Concentrated Q-Pool to 3.2 ml using a Millipore CENTRIPREP™ 30 kDa and filtered through a Pall MUSTANGS E membrane at about 1 ml/min. Diluted Q-Pool to 6.5 ml with water and added 375 μl acetonitrile. Injected on to a Vydac Protein/Peptide 10×250 mm C4 column (Vydac, Hisperia, Calif.) in 95% RP-Buffer A (0.1% trifluoroacetic acid) with 5% RP-Buffer B (95% acetonitrile, 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid) at 5 ml/min. Developed column running a linear gradient to 100% RP-Buffer B. Concentrated protein peak to about 3 ml using a Millipore CENTRIPREP™ 30 kDa and diluted to 15 ml using 20 mM tris HCl pH 8.0. Repeated buffer exchange 3 more times then passed though a Pall MUSTANG™ E membrane at about 1 ml/min. The protein concentration was determined to be 7.7 mg/ml using a calculated extinction coefficient of 25,440 M−1 cm−1. The pyrogen level was determined to be <1 EU/mg of protein using the Limulus Ameboycyte Lysate assay (Associates of Cape Cod, Falmouth, Mass). The nucleic acid content was determined to be negligible, since the ratio of the absorbance at 260 nm over 280 nm was determined to be 0.54.
    • EXAMPLE 28
  • This example shows the effect of injecting pegylated GLP1-TTR constructs into mice on blood glucose levels. For this example 40 male, db/db, 9 week-old mice were split into 4 groups and injected (hour 0) intraperitoneal with 7.4-16.6 mg test protein per animal (538 pmol monomers for all groups) (5K pegylated GLP1-TTR fusion construct 10 mg, 20K pegylated GLP1-TTR fusion construct 10 mg, GLP1-Fc 16.6 mg, and a TTR(C10A) control 7.4 mg). Each group was bled at time points 0(baseline measurement), 1, 4, 6, 12, 24, and 48 hours post injection. Food was withheld from the mice for the first 6 hours of the experiment and replaced after the bleed at the 6 hour time point. [0188]
  • Each collected drop of blood per time point was analyzed for glucose content using a One Touch Profile glucose meter and the results are depicted in FIG. 12. [0189]
    • EXAMPLE 29
  • This example shows the effect of injecting TMP-TTR constructs with fused antibody CH2 domains into mice on blood platelet count. For this example 50 female BDF1 mice were split into 5 groups and injected (day 0) subcutaneously with 50 mg test protein per kg animal (TMP fusion construct, Fc-TMP, or a TTR(C10A) control). Each group was divided in half and bled (140 ml) on alternate time points ([0190] day 0, 3, 5, 7, and 10). Mice were anesthetized with isoflurane prior to collection.
  • The collected blood was analyzed for a complete and differential count using an ADVIA 120 automated blood analyzer with murine software (Bayer Diagnostics, New York, N.Y.). As seen in FIG. 13, Fc-TMP showed the greatest response with platelet count rising to over 4.2×10[0191] 12 platelets L-1 on day 5 which is 3 times baseline at 1.4×1012 platelets L-1. All three of the CH2 fused TMP-TTR constructs preformed better than the control, but not as well as Fc-TMP with platelet counts between 2.3×1012 and 2.6×1012 platelets L-1 on day 5, which is between a 64% and 86% improvement over baseline.
    • EXAMPLE 30
  • This example shows the effect of injecting pegylated TTR constructs with TMP fused to the carboxy-terminus of pegylated TTR into mice on blood platelet count. For this example 80 BDF1 mice were split into 8 groups and injected (day 0) subcutaneously with 50 mg test protein per kg animal (TMP fusion constructs, Fc-TMP, or a TTR(C10A) control). Each group was divided in half and bled (140 ml) on alternate time points ([0192] day 0, 3, 5, 7, 10, and 12). Mice were anesthetized with isoflurane prior to collection.
  • The collected blood was analyzed for a complete and differential count using an ADVIA 120 automated blood analyzer with murine software (Bayer Diagnostics, New York, N.Y.). As seen in FIG. 14, Fc-TMP and the three amino terminal (TMP-TTR) fusions showed the greatest response with platelet count rising between 4.3×10[0193] 12 and 4.6×1012 platelets L-1 on day 5 which is over three times baseline at 1.3×1012 platelets L-1. All three of the carboxy terminal (TTR-TMP) constructs performed better than the control.
    • EXAMPLE 31
  • This example shows the effect of injecting pegylated TTR-TMP constructs containing a K15A alteration into mice on blood platelet count. For this example 120 BDF1 mice were split into 12 groups and injected (day 0) subcutaneously with 50 mg test protein per kg animal (TMP fusion constructs, Fc-TMP, or a TTR(C10A) control) (this study was split into two batches (PEG 20K in one and the PEG 5K and non-pegylated samples in the other) completed at separate times with repeated controls). Each group was divided in half and bled (140 ml) on alternate time points ([0194] day 0, 3, 5, 7, 10, and 12). Mice were anesthetized with isoflurane prior to collection.
  • The collected blood was analyzed for a complete and differential count using an ADVIA 120 automated blood analyzer with murine software (Bayer Diagnostics, New York, N.Y.). As seen in FIG. 15A, the two non-pegylated constructs outperformed the baseline (1.3×10[0195] 12 platelets L-1) with platelet responses at day 5 rising between 1.8×1012 and 2.0×1012 platelets L-1. As seen in FIG. 15B, Fc-TMP and the three 5K pegylated fusions showed equivalent responses at day 5 with platelet counts rising between 3.5×1012 and 4.4×1012 platelets L-1 which is at least 2.7 times baseline (1.3×1012 platelets L-1). As seen in FIG. 15C, Fc-TMP and the three 20K pegylated fusions showed equivalent responses at day 5 with platelet count rising between 4.3×1012 and 4.6×1012 platelets L-1 which is over three times baseline at 1.3×1012 platelets L-1.
  • In addition, the 20K pegylated TTR constructs appear to have an improved sustained response with platelets at [0196] day 7 ranging from 3.7×1012 to 4.9×1012 platelets L-1 compared to Fc-TMP at 3.1×1012 platelets L-1. This sustained response is maintained at day 10 for the three 20K pegylated TTR constructs with platelets ranging from 2.3×1012 to 3.1×1012 platelets L-1 compared to Fc-TMP at 2.0×1012 platelets L-1.
  • 1 75 1 127 PRT Homo sapiens 1 Gly Pro Thr Gly Thr Gly Glu Ser Lys Cys Pro Leu Met Val Lys Val 1 5 10 15 Leu Asp Ala Val Arg Gly Ser Pro Ala Ile Asn Val Ala Val His Val 20 25 30 Phe Arg Lys Ala Ala Asp Asp Thr Trp Glu Pro Phe Ala Ser Gly Lys 35 40 45 Thr Ser Glu Ser Gly Glu Leu His Gly Leu Thr Thr Glu Glu Glu Phe 50 55 60 Val Glu Gly Ile Tyr Lys Val Glu Ile Asp Thr Lys Ser Tyr Trp Lys 65 70 75 80 Ala Leu Gly Ile Ser Pro Phe His Glu His Ala Glu Val Val Phe Thr 85 90 95 Ala Asn Asp Ser Gly Pro Arg Arg Tyr Thr Ile Ala Ala Leu Leu Ser 100 105 110 Pro Tyr Ser Tyr Ser Thr Thr Ala Val Val Thr Asn Pro Lys Glu 115 120 125 2 387 DNA Homo sapiens 2 agtggtccaa ctggtaccgg tgaatccaag tgtcctctga tggtcaaagt tctagatgct 60 gtccgaggca gtcctgccat caatgtggcc gtgcatgtgt tcagaaaggc tgctgatgac 120 acctgggagc catttgcctc tgggaaaacc agtgagtctg gagagctgca tgggctcaca 180 actgaggagg aatttgtaga agggatatac aaagtggaaa tagacaccaa atcttactgg 240 aaggcacttg gcatctcccc attccatgag catgcagagg tggtattcac agccaacgac 300 tccggccccc gccgctacac cattgccgcc ctgctgagcc cctactccta ttccaccacg 360 gctgtcgtca ccaatcccaa ggaataa 387 3 387 DNA Homo sapiens 3 atgggtccaa ctggtaccgg tgaatccaag gctcctctga tggtcaaagt tctagatgct 60 gtccgaggca gtcctgccat caatgtggcc gtgcatgtgt tcagaaaggc tgctgatgac 120 acctgggagc catttgcctc tgggaaaacc agtgagtctg gagagctgca tgggctcaca 180 actgaggagg aatttgtaga agggatatac aaagtggaaa tagacaccaa atcttactgg 240 aaggcacttg gcatctcccc attccatgag catgcagagg tggtattcac agccaacgac 300 tccggccccc gccgctacac cattgccgcc ctgctgagcc cctactccta ttccaccacg 360 gctgtcgtca ccaatcccaa ggaataa 387 4 387 DNA Homo sapiens 4 atgggtccaa ctggtaccgg tgaatccaag gctcctctga tggtcaaagt tctagatgct 60 gtccgaggca gtcctgccat caatgtggcc gtgcatgtgt tcagaaaggc ttgtgatgac 120 acctgggagc catttgcctc tgggaaaacc agtgagtctg gagagctgca tgggctcaca 180 actgaggagg aatttgtaga agggatatac aaagtggaaa tagacaccaa atcttactgg 240 aaggcacttg gcatctcccc attccatgag catgcagagg tggtattcac agccaacgac 300 tccggccccc gccgctacac cattgccgcc ctgctgagcc cctactccta ttccaccacg 360 gctgtcgtca ccaatcccaa ggaataa 387 5 387 DNA Homo sapiens 5 atgggtccaa ctggtaccgg tgaatccaag gctcctctga tggtcaaagt tctagatgct 60 gtccgaggca gtcctgccat caatgtggcc gtgcatgtgt tcagaaaggc tgcttgtgac 120 acctgggagc catttgcctc tgggaaaacc agtgagtctg gagagctgca tgggctcaca 180 actgaggagg aatttgtaga agggatatac aaagtggaaa tagacaccaa atcttactgg 240 aaggcacttg gcatctcccc attccatgag catgcagagg tggtattcac agccaacgac 300 tccggccccc gccgctacac cattgccgcc ctgctgagcc cctactccta ttccaccacg 360 gctgtcgtca ccaatcccaa ggaataa 387 6 387 DNA Homo sapiens 6 atgggtccaa ctggtaccgg tgaatccaag gctcctctga tggtcaaagt tctagatgct 60 gtccgaggca gtcctgccat caatgtggcc gtgcatgtgt tcagaaaggc tgctgatgac 120 acctgggagc catttgcctc tgggaaaacc agtgagtctg gagagctgca tgggctcaca 180 actgaggagg aatttgtaga agggatatac aaagtggaaa tagacaccaa atcttactgg 240 aagtgtcttg gcatctcccc attccatgag catgcagagg tggtattcac agccaacgac 300 tccggccccc gccgctacac cattgccgcc ctgctgagcc cctactccta ttccaccacg 360 gctgtcgtca ccaatcccaa ggaataa 387 7 387 DNA Homo sapiens 7 atgggtccaa ctggtaccgg tgaatccaag gctcctctga tggtcaaagt tctagatgct 60 gtccgaggca gtcctgccat caatgtggcc gtgcatgtgt tcagaaaggc tgctgatgac 120 acctgggagc catttgcctc tgggaaaacc agtgagtctg gagagctgca tgggctcaca 180 actgaggagg aatttgtaga agggatatac aaagtggaaa tagacaccaa atcttactgg 240 aaggcacttt gcatctcccc attccatgag catgcagagg tggtattcac agccaacgac 300 tccggccccc gccgctacac cattgccgcc ctgctgagcc cctactccta ttccaccacg 360 gctgtcgtca ccaatcccaa ggaataa 387 8 387 DNA Homo sapiens 8 atgggtccaa ctggtaccgg tgaatccaag gctcctctga tggtcgcagt tctagatgct 60 gtccgaggca gtcctgccat caatgtggcc gtgcatgtgt tcagaaaggc tgctgatgac 120 acctgggagc catttgcctc tgggaaaacc agtgagtctg gagagctgca tgggctcaca 180 actgaggagg aatttgtaga agggatatac aaagtggaaa tagacaccaa atcttactgg 240 aaggcacttt gcatctcccc attccatgag catgcagagg tggtattcac agccaacgac 300 tccggccccc gccgctacac cattgccgcc ctgctgagcc cctactccta ttccaccacg 360 gctgtcgtca ccaatcccaa ggaataa 387 9 495 DNA Homo sapiens 9 atgatcgaag gtccgactct gcgtcagtgg ctggctgctc gtgctggcgg tggtggcgga 60 gggggtggca ttgagggccc aacccttcgc caatggcttg cagcacgcgc aggtccaact 120 ggtaccggtg aatccaagtg tcctctgatg gtcaaagttc tagatgctgt ccgaggcagt 180 cctgccatca atgtggccgt gcatgtgttc agaaaggctg ctgatgacac ctgggagcca 240 tttgcctctg ggaaaaccag tgagtctgga gagctgcatg ggctcacaac tgaggaggaa 300 tttgtagaag ggatatacaa agtggaaata gacaccaaat cttactggaa ggcacttggc 360 atctccccat tccatgagca tgcagaggtg gtattcacag ccaacgactc cggcccccgc 420 cgctacacca ttgccgccct gctgagcccc tactcctatt ccaccacggc tgtcgtcacc 480 aatcccaagg aataa 495 10 495 DNA Homo sapiens 10 atgatcgaag gtccgactct gcgtcagtgg ctggctgctc gtgctggcgg tggtggcgga 60 gggggtggca ttgagggccc aacccttcgc caatggcttg cagcacgcgc aggtccaact 120 ggtaccggtg aatccaaggc tcctctgatg gtcaaagttc tagatgctgt ccgaggcagt 180 cctgccatca atgtggccgt gcatgtgttc agaaaggctt gtgatgacac ctgggagcca 240 tttgcctctg ggaaaaccag tgagtctgga gagctgcatg ggctcacaac tgaggaggaa 300 tttgtagaag ggatatacaa agtggaaata gacaccaaat cttactggaa ggcacttggc 360 atctccccat tccatgagca tgcagaggtg gtattcacag ccaacgactc cggcccccgc 420 cgctacacca ttgccgccct gctgagcccc tactcctatt ccaccacggc tgtcgtcacc 480 aatcccaagg aataa 495 11 495 DNA Homo sapiens 11 atgatcgaag gtccgactct gcgtcagtgg ctggctgctc gtgctggcgg tggtggcgga 60 gggggtggca ttgagggccc aacccttcgc caatggcttg cagcacgcgc aggtccaact 120 ggtaccggtg aatccaaggc tcctctgatg gtcaaagttc tagatgctgt ccgaggcagt 180 cctgccatca atgtggccgt gcatgtgttc agaaaggctg cttgtgacac ctgggagcca 240 tttgcctctg ggaaaaccag tgagtctgga gagctgcatg ggctcacaac tgaggaggaa 300 tttgtagaag ggatatacaa agtggaaata gacaccaaat cttactggaa ggcacttggc 360 atctccccat tccatgagca tgcagaggtg gtattcacag ccaacgactc cggcccccgc 420 cgctacacca ttgccgccct gctgagcccc tactcctatt ccaccacggc tgtcgtcacc 480 aatcccaagg aataa 495 12 495 DNA Homo sapiens 12 atgatcgaag gtccgactct gcgtcagtgg ctggctgctc gtgctggcgg tggtggcgga 60 gggggtggca ttgagggccc aacccttcgc caatggcttg cagcacgcgc aggtccaact 120 ggtaccggtg aatccaaggc tcctctgatg gtcaaagttc tagatgctgt ccgaggcagt 180 cctgccatca atgtggccgt gcatgtgttc agaaaggctg ctgatgacac ctgggagcca 240 tttgcctctg ggaaaaccag tgagtctgga gagctgcatg ggctcacaac tgaggaggaa 300 tttgtagaag ggatatacaa agtggaaata gacaccaaat cttactggaa gtgtcttggc 360 atctccccat tccatgagca tgcagaggtg gtattcacag ccaacgactc cggcccccgc 420 cgctacacca ttgccgccct gctgagcccc tactcctatt ccaccacggc tgtcgtcacc 480 aatcccaagg aataa 495 13 495 DNA Homo sapiens 13 atgatcgaag gtccgactct gcgtcagtgg ctggctgctc gtgctggcgg tggtggcgga 60 gggggtggca ttgagggccc aacccttcgc caatggcttg cagcacgcgc aggtccaact 120 ggtaccggtg aatccaaggc tcctctgatg gtcaaagttc tagatgctgt ccgaggcagt 180 cctgccatca atgtggccgt gcatgtgttc agaaaggctg ctgatgacac ctgggagcca 240 tttgcctctg ggaaaaccag tgagtctgga gagctgcatg ggctcacaac tgaggaggaa 300 tttgtagaag ggatatacaa agtggaaata gacaccaaat cttactggaa ggcactttgc 360 atctccccat tccatgagca tgcagaggtg gtattcacag ccaacgactc cggcccccgc 420 cgctacacca ttgccgccct gctgagcccc tactcctatt ccaccacggc tgtcgtcacc 480 aatcccaagg aataa 495 14 489 DNA Homo sapiens 14 atgtctgttt ctgaaatcca gctgatgcat aacctgggta aacatctgaa ctctatggaa 60 cgtgttgaat ggctgcgtaa gaaactgcag gacgttcata actttggtcc aactggtacc 120 ggtgaatcca aggctcctct gatggtcgca gttctagatg ctgtccgagg cagtcctgcc 180 atcaatgtgg ccgtgcatgt gttcagaaag gctgctgatg acacctggga gccatttgcc 240 tctgggaaaa ccagtgagtc tggagagctg catgggctca caactgagga ggaatttgta 300 gaagggatat acaaagtgga aatagacacc aaatcttact ggaagtgtct tggcatctcc 360 ccattccatg agcatgcaga ggtggtattc acagccaacg actccggccc ccgccgctac 420 accattgccg ccctgctgag cccctactcc tattccacca cggctgtcgt caccaatccc 480 aaggaataa 489 15 843 DNA Homo sapiens 15 atgcgaccgt ccggccgtaa gagctccaaa atgcaggctt tccgtatctg ggacgttaac 60 cagaaaacct tctacctgcg caacaaccag ctggttgctg gctacctgca gggtccgaac 120 gttaacctgg aagaaaaaat cgacgttgta ccgatcgaac cgcacgctct gttcctgggt 180 atccacggtg gtaaaatgtg cctgagctgc gtgaaatctg gtgacgaaac tcgtctgcag 240 ctggaagcag ttaacatcac tgacctgagc gaaaaccgca aacaggacaa acgtttcgca 300 ttcatccgct ctgacagcgg cccgaccacc agcttcgaat ctgctgcttg cccgggttgg 360 ttcctgtgca ctgctatgga agctgaccag ccggtaagcc tgaccaacat gccggacgaa 420 ggcgtgatgg taaccaaatt ctacttccag gaagacgaag gtccaactgg taccggtgaa 480 tccaaggctc ctctgatggt caaagttcta gatgctgtcc gaggcagtcc tgccatcaat 540 gtggccgtgc atgtgttcag aaaggctgct gatgacacct gggagccatt tgcctctggg 600 aaaaccagtg agtctggaga gctgcatggg ctcacaactg aggaggaatt tgtagaaggg 660 atatacaaag tggaaataga caccaaatct tactggaagg cacttggcat ctccccattc 720 catgagcatg cagaggtggt attcacagcc aacgactccg gcccccgccg ctacaccatt 780 gccgccctgc tgagccccta ctcctattcc accacggctg tcgtcaccaa tcccaaggaa 840 taa 843 16 855 DNA Homo sapiens 16 atgggtccaa ctggtaccgg tgaatccaag gctcctctga tggtcaaagt tctagatgct 60 gtccgaggca gtcctgccat caatgtggcc gtgcatgtgt tcagaaaggc tgctgatgac 120 acctgggagc catttgcctc tgggaaaacc agtgagtctg gagagctgca tgggctcaca 180 actgaggagg aatttgtaga agggatatac aaagtggaaa tagacaccaa atcttactgg 240 aaggcacttg gcatctcccc attccatgag catgcagagg tggtattcac agccaacgac 300 tccggccccc gccgctacac cattgccgcc ctgctgagcc cctactccta ttccaccacg 360 gctgtcgtca ccaatcccaa ggaaggtagt ggtagccgac cgtccggccg taagagctcc 420 aaaatgcagg ctttccgtat ctgggacgtt aaccagaaaa ccttctacct gcgcaacaac 480 cagctggttg ctggctacct gcagggtccg aacgttaacc tggaagaaaa aatcgacgtt 540 gtaccgatcg aaccgcacgc tctgttcctg ggtatccacg gtggtaaaat gtgcctgagc 600 tgcgtgaaat ctggtgacga aactcgtctg cagctggaag cagttaacat cactgacctg 660 agcgaaaacc gcaaacagga caaacgtttc gcattcatcc gctctgacag cggcccgacc 720 accagcttcg aatctgctgc ttgcccgggt tggttcctgt gcactgctat ggaagctgac 780 cagccggtaa gcctgaccaa catgccggac gaaggcgtga tggtaaccaa attctacttc 840 caggaagacg aataa 855 17 439 DNA Homo sapiens 17 catatgggtc caactggtac cggtgaatcc aaggctcctc tgatggtcaa agttctagat 60 gctgtccgag gcagtcctgc catcaatgtg gccgtgcatg tgttcagaaa ggctgctgat 120 gacacctggg agccatttgc ctctgggaaa accagtgagt ctggagagct gcatgggctc 180 acaactgagg aggaatttgt agaagggata tacaaagtgg aaatagacac caaatcttac 240 tggaaggcac tttgcatctc cccattccat gagcatgcag aggtggtatt cacagccaac 300 gactccggcc cccgccgcta caccattgcc gccctgctga gcccctactc ctattccacc 360 actgcagtcg tcaccaatcc caaggaagga tcaggatccg gaaaacgtcc gccgggtttc 420 tccccgctgt aatctcgag 439 18 36 DNA Homo sapiens 18 gaggaataac atatgggtcc aactggtacc ggtgaa 36 19 36 DNA Homo sapiens 19 ccgcggatcc tcgagattat tccttgggat tggtga 36 20 48 DNA Homo sapiens 20 gaggaataac atatgggtcc aactggtacc ggtgaatcca aggctcct 48 21 24 DNA Homo sapiens 21 agaaaggctt gtgatgacac ctgg 24 22 24 DNA Homo sapiens 22 ccaggtgtca tcacaagcct ttct 24 23 24 DNA Homo sapiens 23 agaaaggctg cttgtgacac ctgg 24 24 24 DNA Homo sapiens 24 ccaggtgtca caagcagcct ttct 24 25 24 DNA Homo sapiens 25 tactggaagt gtcttggcat ctcc 24 26 24 DNA Homo sapiens 26 ggagatgcca agacacttcc agta 24 27 24 DNA Homo sapiens 27 aaggcacttt gcatctcccc attc 24 28 24 DNA Homo sapiens 28 gaatggggag atgcaaagtg cctt 24 29 21 DNA Homo sapiens 29 ctgatggtcg cagttctaga t 21 30 21 DNA Homo sapiens 30 atctagaact gcgaccatca g 21 31 36 DNA Homo sapiens 31 gaggaataac atatgatcga aggtccgact ctgcgt 36 32 41 DNA Homo sapiens 32 ttcaccggta ccagttggac ctgcgcgtgc tgcaagccat t 41 33 33 DNA Homo sapiens 33 gaggaataac atatgtctgt ttctgaaatc cag 33 34 36 DNA Homo sapiens 34 ttcaccggta ccagttggac caaagttatg aacgtc 36 35 32 DNA Homo sapiens 35 gaggaataac atatgcgacc gtccggacgt aa 32 36 36 DNA Homo sapiens 36 ttctacttcc aggaagacga aggtccaact ggtacc 36 37 54 DNA Homo sapiens 37 gtcgtcacca atcccaagga aggtagtggt agccgaccgt ccggccgtaa gagc 54 38 40 DNA Homo sapiens 38 ccgcggatcc tcgagattat tcgtcttcct ggaagtagaa 40 39 36 DNA Homo sapiens 39 gaggaataac atatgggtcc aactggtacc ggtgaa 36 40 26 DNA Homo sapiens 40 aatatactgc agtggtggaa taggag 26 41 68 DNA Homo sapiens 41 gtcgtcacca atcccaagga aggatcagga tccggaaaac gtccgccggg tttctccccg 60 ctgtaatc 68 42 76 DNA Homo sapiens 42 tcgagattac agcggggaga aacccggcgg acgttttccg gatcctgatc cttccttggg 60 attggtgacg actgca 76 43 489 DNA Homo sapiens 43 atgtctgttt ctgaaatcca gctgatgcat aacctgggta aacatctgaa ctctatggaa 60 cgtgttgaat ggctgcgtaa gaaactgcag gacgttcata actttggtcc aactggtacc 120 ggtgaatcca aggctcctct gatggtcgca gttctagatg ctgtccgagg cagtcctgcc 180 atcaatgtgg ccgtgcatgt gttcagaaag gctgctgatg acacctggga gccatttgcc 240 tctgggaaaa ccagtgagtc tggagagctg catgggctca caactgagga ggaatttgta 300 gaagggatat acaaagtgga aatagacacc aaatcttact ggaagtgtct tggcatctcc 360 ccattccatg agcatgcaga ggtggtattc acagccaacg actccggccc ccgccgctac 420 accattgccg ccctgctgag cccctactcc tattccacca cggctgtcgt caccaatccc 480 aaggaataa 489 44 25 DNA Homo sapiens 44 cgtacaggtt tacgcaagaa aatgg 25 45 62 DNA Homo sapiens 45 ggattcaccg gtaccagttg gaccaccacc accaccacca cccgcactgc ctgaaccaga 60 gc 62 46 71 DNA Homo sapiens 46 tgactaagcc atatgaaaca tcatcaccat caccatcatg acgaagttga tcacggtgaa 60 ggtactttca c 71 47 44 DNA Homo sapiens 47 ggattcaccg gtaccagttg gaccaccacc accaccaccg ctac 44 48 594 DNA Homo sapiens 48 atgaaacatc atcaccatca ccatcatgac gaagttgatc acggtgaagg tactttcact 60 tctgacgttt cttcttatct ggaaggtcag gctgctaaag aattcatcgc ttggctggtt 120 aaaggtcgtg gtggttctgg ttctgctact ggtggttccg gctccaccgc aagctctggt 180 tcaggcagtg cgggtggtgg tggtggtggt ggtccaactg gtaccggtga atccaaggct 240 cctctgatgg tcaaagttct agatgctgtc cgaggcagtc ctgccatcaa tgtggccgtg 300 catgtgttca gaaaggctgc tgatgacacc tgggagccat ttgcctctgg gaaaaccagt 360 gagtctggag agctgcatgg gctcacaact gaggaggaat ttgtagaagg gatatacaaa 420 gtggaaatag acaccaaatc ttactggaag gcactttgca tctccccatt ccatgagcat 480 gcagaggtgg tattcacagc caacgactcc ggcccccgcc gctacaccat tgccgccctg 540 ctgagcccct actcctattc caccacggct gtcgtcacca atcccaagga ataa 594 49 591 DNA Homo sapiens 49 atgaaacatc atcaccatca ccatcatgac gaagttgatc acggtgaagg tactttcact 60 tctgacgttt cttcttatct ggaaggtcag gctgctaaag aattcatcgc ttggctggtt 120 aaaggtcgtg gtggtggtgg tggttctggt ggtggtggtt ctggtggtgg tggttctggc 180 ggcggtggta gcggtggtgg tggtggtggt ccaactggta ccggtgaatc caaggctcct 240 ctgatggtcg cagttctaga tgctgtccga ggcagtcctg ccatcaatgt ggccgtgcat 300 gtgttcagaa aggctgctga tgacacctgg gagccatttg cctctgggaa aaccagtgag 360 tctggagagc tgcatgggct cacaactgag gaggaatttg tagaagggat atacaaagtg 420 gaaatagaca ccaaatctta ctggaaggca ctttgcatct ccccattcca tgagcatgca 480 gaggtggtat tcacagccaa cgactccggc ccccgccgct acaccattgc cgccctgctg 540 agcccctact cctattccac cacggctgtc gtcaccaatc ccaaggaata a 591 50 76 DNA Homo sapiens 50 agacctgtac atatgaaaca tcatcaccat caccatcatg acgaagttga tcacggtgaa 60 ggtactttca cttctg 76 51 20 DNA Homo sapiens 51 gggggaagag gaaaactgac 20 52 894 DNA Homo sapiens 52 atgaaacatc atcaccatca ccatcatgac gaagttgatc acggtgaagg tactttcact 60 tctgacgttt cttcttatct ggaaggtcag gctgctaaag aattcatcgc ttggctggtt 120 aaaggtcgtg gtggttctgg ttctgctact ggtggttccg gctccaccgc aagctctggt 180 tcaggcagtg cgactcatgg tggtggtggt ggtgacaaaa ctcacacatg tccaccgtgc 240 ccagcacctg aactcctggg gggaccgtca gttttcctct tccccccaaa acccaaggac 300 accctcatga tctcccggac ccctgaggtc acatgcgtgg tggtggacgt gagccacgaa 360 gaccctgagg tcaagttcaa ctggtacgtg gacggcgtgg aggtgcataa tgccaagaca 420 aagccgcggg aggagcagta caacagcacg taccgtgtgg tcagcgtcct caccgtcctg 480 caccaggact ggctgaatgg caaggagtac aagtgcaagg tctccaacaa agccctccca 540 gcccccatcg agaaaaccat ctccaaagcc aaagggcagc cccgagaacc acaggtgtac 600 accctgcccc catcccggga tgagctgacc aagaaccagg tcagcctgac ctgcctggtc 660 aaaggcttct atcccagcga catcgccgtg gagtgggaga gcaatgggca gccggagaac 720 aactacaaga ccacgcctcc cgtgctggac tccgacggct ccttcttcct ctacagcaag 780 ctcaccgtgg acaagagcag gtggcagcag gggaacgtct tctcatgctc cgtgatgcat 840 gaggctctgc acaaccacta cacgcagaag agcctctccc tgtctccggg taaa 894 53 60 DNA Homo sapiens 53 gtcgtcacca atcccaagga aggttctggc tccggatcag ggggaccgtc agttttcctc 60 54 52 DNA Homo sapiens 54 ccgcggatcc tcgagattag gatccagaac cccctttggc tttggagatg gt 52 55 42 DNA Homo sapiens 55 gaggaataac atatgggtcc aactggtacc ggtgaatcca ag 42 56 735 DNA Homo sapiens 56 atgggtccaa ctggtaccgg tgaatccaag gctcctctga tggtcaaagt tctagatgct 60 gtccgaggca gtcctgccat caatgtggcc gtgcatgtgt tcagaaaggc tgctgatgac 120 acctgggagc catttgcctc tgggaaaacc agtgagtctg gagagctgca tgggctcaca 180 actgaggagg aatttgtaga agggatatac aaagtggaaa tagacaccaa atcttactgg 240 aaggcacttg gcatctcccc attccatgag catgcagagg tggtattcac agccaacgac 300 tccggccccc gccgctacac cattgccgcc ctgctgagcc cctactccta ttccaccacg 360 gctgtcgtca ccaatcccaa ggaaggttct ggctccggat cagggggacc gtcagttttc 420 ctcttccccc caaaacccaa ggacaccctc atgatctccc ggacccctga ggtcacatgc 480 gtggtggtgg acgtgagcca cgaagaccct gaggtcaagt tcaactggta cgtggacggc 540 gtggaggtgc ataatgccaa gacaaagccg cgggaggagc agtacaacag cacgtaccgt 600 gtggtcagcg tcctcaccgt cctgcaccag gactggctga atggcaagga gtacaagtgc 660 aaggtctcca acaaagccct cccagccccc atcgagaaaa ccatctccaa agccaaaggg 720 ggttctggat cctaa 735 57 843 DNA Homo sapiens 57 atgatcgaag gtccgactct gcgtcagtgg ctggctgctc gtgctggcgg tggtggcgga 60 gggggtggca ttgagggccc aacccttcgc caatggcttg cagcacgcgc aggtccaact 120 ggtaccggtg aatccaaggc tcctctgatg gtcaaagttc tagatgctgt ccgaggcagt 180 cctgccatca atgtggccgt gcatgtgttc agaaaggctg ctgatgacac ctgggagcca 240 tttgcctctg ggaaaaccag tgagtctgga gagctgcatg ggctcacaac tgaggaggaa 300 tttgtagaag ggatatacaa agtggaaata gacaccaaat cttactggaa ggcacttggc 360 atctccccat tccatgagca tgcagaggtg gtattcacag ccaacgactc cggcccccgc 420 cgctacacca ttgccgccct gctgagcccc tactcctatt ccaccacggc tgtcgtcacc 480 aatcccaagg aaggttctgg ctccggatca gggggaccgt cagttttcct cttcccccca 540 aaacccaagg acaccctcat gatctcccgg acccctgagg tcacatgcgt ggtggtggac 600 gtgagccacg aagaccctga ggtcaagttc aactggtacg tggacggcgt ggaggtgcat 660 aatgccaaga caaagccgcg ggaggagcag tacaacagca cgtaccgtgt ggtcagcgtc 720 ctcaccgtcc tgcaccagga ctggctgaat ggcaaggagt acaagtgcaa ggtctccaac 780 aaagccctcc cagcccccat cgagaaaacc atctccaaag ccaaaggggg ttctggatcc 840 taa 843 58 35 DNA Homo sapiens 58 gaggaataag gatccatcga aggtccgact ctgcg 35 59 843 DNA Homo sapiens 59 atgggtccaa ctggtaccgg tgaatccaag gctcctctga tggtcaaagt tctagatgct 60 gtccgaggca gtcctgccat caatgtggcc gtgcatgtgt tcagaaaggc tgctgatgac 120 acctgggagc catttgcctc tgggaaaacc agtgagtctg gagagctgca tgggctcaca 180 actgaggagg aatttgtaga agggatatac aaagtggaaa tagacaccaa atcttactgg 240 aaggcacttg gcatctcccc attccatgag catgcagagg tggtattcac agccaacgac 300 tccggccccc gccgctacac cattgccgcc ctgctgagcc cctactccta ttccaccacg 360 gctgtcgtca ccaatcccaa ggaaggttct ggctccggat cagggggacc gtcagttttc 420 ctcttccccc caaaacccaa ggacaccctc atgatctccc ggacccctga ggtcacatgc 480 gtggtggtgg acgtgagcca cgaagaccct gaggtcaagt tcaactggta cgtggacggc 540 gtggaggtgc ataatgccaa gacaaagccg cgggaggagc agtacaacag cacgtaccgt 600 gtggtcagcg tcctcaccgt cctgcaccag gactggctga atggcaagga gtacaagtgc 660 aaggtctcca acaaagccct cccagccccc atcgagaaaa ccatctccaa agccaaaggg 720 ggttctggat ccatcgaagg tccgactctg cgtcagtggc tggctgctcg tgctggcggt 780 ggtggcggag ggggtggcat tgagggccca acccttcgcc aatggcttgc agcacgcgca 840 taa 843 60 48 DNA Homo sapiens 60 ttcaccggta ccagttggac cagaaccccc tttggctttg gagatggt 48 61 48 DNA Homo sapiens 61 gaggaataac atatgggatc cggttctggg ggaccgtcag ttttcctc 48 62 723 DNA Homo sapiens 62 atgggatccg gttctggggg accgtcagtt ttcctcttcc ccccaaaacc caaggacacc 60 ctcatgatct cccggacccc tgaggtcaca tgcgtggtgg tggacgtgag ccacgaagac 120 cctgaggtca agttcaactg gtacgtggac ggcgtggagg tgcataatgc caagacaaag 180 ccgcgggagg agcagtacaa cagcacgtac cgtgtggtca gcgtcctcac cgtcctgcac 240 caggactggc tgaatggcaa ggagtacaag tgcaaggtct ccaacaaagc cctcccagcc 300 cccatcgaga aaaccatctc caaagccaaa gggggttctg gtccaactgg taccggtgaa 360 tccaaggctc ctctgatggt caaagttcta gatgctgtcc gaggcagtcc tgccatcaat 420 gtggccgtgc atgtgttcag aaaggctgct gatgacacct gggagccatt tgcctctggg 480 aaaaccagtg agtctggaga gctgcatggg ctcacaactg aggaggaatt tgtagaaggg 540 atatacaaag tggaaataga caccaaatct tactggaagg cacttggcat ctccccattc 600 catgagcatg cagaggtggt attcacagcc aacgactccg gcccccgccg ctacaccatt 660 gccgccctgc tgagccccta ctcctattcc accacggctg tcgtcaccaa tcccaaggaa 720 taa 723 63 33 DNA Homo sapiens 63 gaggaataac atatgatcga aggtccgact ctg 33 64 36 DNA Homo sapiens 64 taacatatgg gatcctgcgc gtgctgcaag ccattg 36 65 831 DNA Homo sapiens 65 atgatcgaag gtccgactct gcgtcagtgg ctggctgctc gtgctggcgg tggtggcgga 60 gggggtggca ttgagggccc aacccttcgc caatggcttg cagcacgcgc aggatccggt 120 tctgggggac cgtcagtttt cctcttcccc ccaaaaccca aggacaccct catgatctcc 180 cggacccctg aggtcacatg cgtggtggtg gacgtgagcc acgaagaccc tgaggtcaag 240 ttcaactggt acgtggacgg cgtggaggtg cataatgcca agacaaagcc gcgggaggag 300 cagtacaaca gcacgtaccg tgtggtcagc gtcctcaccg tcctgcacca ggactggctg 360 aatggcaagg agtacaagtg caaggtctcc aacaaagccc tcccagcccc catcgagaaa 420 accatctcca aagccaaagg gggttctggt ccaactggta ccggtgaatc caaggctcct 480 ctgatggtca aagttctaga tgctgtccga ggcagtcctg ccatcaatgt ggccgtgcat 540 gtgttcagaa aggctgctga tgacacctgg gagccatttg cctctgggaa aaccagtgag 600 tctggagagc tgcatgggct cacaactgag gaggaatttg tagaagggat atacaaagtg 660 gaaatagaca ccaaatctta ctggaaggca cttggcatct ccccattcca tgagcatgca 720 gaggtggtat tcacagccaa cgactccggc ccccgccgct acaccattgc cgccctgctg 780 agcccctact cctattccac cacggctgtc gtcaccaatc ccaaggaata a 831 66 42 DNA Homo sapiens 66 gtcgtcacca atcccaagga aggttctggt tctggtatcg aa 42 67 40 DNA Homo sapiens 67 ccgcggatcc tcgagattat gcgcgtgctg caagccattg 40 68 510 DNA Homo sapiens 68 atgggtccaa ctggtaccgg tgaatccaag tgtcctctga tggtcaaagt tctagatgct 60 gtccgaggca gtcctgccat caatgtggcc gtgcatgtgt tcagaaaggc tgctgatgac 120 acctgggagc catttgcctc tgggaaaacc agtgagtctg gagagctgca tgggctcaca 180 actgaggagg aatttgtaga agggatatac aaagtggaaa tagacaccaa atcttactgg 240 aaggcacttg gcatctcccc attccatgag catgcagagg tggtattcac agccaacgac 300 tccggccccc gccgctacac cattgccgcc ctgctgagcc cctactccta ttccaccacg 360 gctgtcgtca ccaatcccaa ggaaggttct ggttctggta tcgaaggtcc gactctgcgt 420 cagtggctgg ctgctcgtgc tggcggtggt ggcggagggg gtggcattga gggcccaacc 480 cttcgccaat ggcttgcagc acgcgcataa 510 69 510 DNA Homo sapiens 69 atgggtccaa ctggtaccgg tgaatccaag gctcctctga tggtcgcagt tctagatgct 60 gtccgaggca gtcctgccat caatgtggcc gtgcatgtgt tcagaaaggc tgctgatgac 120 acctgggagc catttgcctc tgggaaaacc agtgagtctg gagagctgca tgggctcaca 180 actgaggagg aatttgtaga agggatatac aaagtggaaa tagacaccaa atcttactgg 240 aaggcacttg gcatctcccc attccatgag catgcagagg tggtattcac agccaacgac 300 tccggccccc gccgctacac cattgccgcc ctgctgagcc cctactccta ttccaccacg 360 gctgtcgtca ccaatcccaa ggaaggttct ggttctggta tcgaaggtcc gactctgcgt 420 cagtggctgg ctgctcgtgc tggcggtggt ggcggagggg gtggcattga gggcccaacc 480 cttcgccaat ggcttgcagc acgcgcataa 510 70 510 DNA Homo sapiens 70 atgggtccaa ctggtaccgg tgaatccaag gctcctctga tggtcgcagt tctagatgct 60 gtccgaggca gtcctgccat caatgtggcc gtgcatgtgt tcagaaaggc ttgtgatgac 120 acctgggagc catttgcctc tgggaaaacc agtgagtctg gagagctgca tgggctcaca 180 actgaggagg aatttgtaga agggatatac aaagtggaaa tagacaccaa atcttactgg 240 aaggcacttg gcatctcccc attccatgag catgcagagg tggtattcac agccaacgac 300 tccggccccc gccgctacac cattgccgcc ctgctgagcc cctactccta ttccaccacg 360 gctgtcgtca ccaatcccaa ggaaggttct ggttctggta tcgaaggtcc gactctgcgt 420 cagtggctgg ctgctcgtgc tggcggtggt ggcggagggg gtggcattga gggcccaacc 480 cttcgccaat ggcttgcagc acgcgcataa 510 71 510 DNA Homo sapiens 71 atgggtccaa ctggtaccgg tgaatccaag gctcctctga tggtcgcagt tctagatgct 60 gtccgaggca gtcctgccat caatgtggcc gtgcatgtgt tcagaaaggc tgctgatgac 120 acctgggagc catttgcctc tgggaaaacc agtgagtctg gagagctgca tgggctcaca 180 actgaggagg aatttgtaga agggatatac aaagtggaaa tagacaccaa atcttactgg 240 aagtgtcttg gcatctcccc attccatgag catgcagagg tggtattcac agccaacgac 300 tccggccccc gccgctacac cattgccgcc ctgctgagcc cctactccta ttccaccacg 360 gctgtcgtca ccaatcccaa ggaaggttct ggttctggta tcgaaggtcc gactctgcgt 420 cagtggctgg ctgctcgtgc tggcggtggt ggcggagggg gtggcattga gggcccaacc 480 cttcgccaat ggcttgcagc acgcgcataa 510 72 510 DNA Homo sapiens 72 atgggtccaa ctggtaccgg tgaatccaag gctcctctga tggtcgcagt tctagatgct 60 gtccgaggca gtcctgccat caatgtggcc gtgcatgtgt tcagaaaggc tgctgatgac 120 acctgggagc catttgcctc tgggaaaacc agtgagtctg gagagctgca tgggctcaca 180 actgaggagg aatttgtaga agggatatac aaagtggaaa tagacaccaa atcttactgg 240 aaggcacttt gcatctcccc attccatgag catgcagagg tggtattcac agccaacgac 300 tccggccccc gccgctacac cattgccgcc ctgctgagcc cctactccta ttccaccacg 360 gctgtcgtca ccaatcccaa ggaaggttct ggttctggta tcgaaggtcc gactctgcgt 420 cagtggctgg ctgctcgtgc tggcggtggt ggcggagggg gtggcattga gggcccaacc 480 cttcgccagt ggcttgcagc acgcgcataa 510 73 495 DNA Homo sapiens 73 atgatcgaag gtccgactct gcgtcagtgg ctggctgctc gtgctggcgg tggtggcgga 60 gggggtggca ttgagggccc aacccttcgc caatggcttg cagcacgcgc aggtccaact 120 ggtaccggtg aatccaaggc tcctctgatg gtcgcagttc tagatgctgt ccgaggcagt 180 cctgccatca atgtggccgt gcatgtgttc agaaaggctg ctgatgacac ctgggagcca 240 tttgcctctg ggaaaaccag tgagtctgga gagctgcatg ggctcacaac tgaggaggaa 300 tttgtagaag ggatatacaa agtggaaata gacaccaaat cttactggaa ggcactttgc 360 atctccccat tccatgagca tgcagaggtg gtattcacag ccaacgactc cggcccccgc 420 cgctacacca ttgccgccct gctgagcccc tactcctatt ccaccacggc tgtcgtcacc 480 aatcccaagg aataa 495 74 495 DNA Homo sapiens 74 atgatcgaag gtccgactct gcgtcagtgg ctggctgctc gtgctggcgg tggtggcgga 60 gggggtggca ttgagggccc aacccttcgc caatggcttg cagcacgcgc aggtccaact 120 ggtaccggtg aatccaaggc tcctctgatg gtcgcagttc tagatgctgt ccgaggcagt 180 cctgccatca atgtggccgt gcatgtgttc agaaaggctg ctgatgacac ctgggagcca 240 tttgcctctg ggaaaaccag tgagtctgga gagctgcatg ggctcacaac tgaggaggaa 300 tttgtagaag ggatatacaa agtggaaata gacaccaaat cttactggaa gtgtcttggc 360 atctccccat tccatgagca tgcagaggtg gtattcacag ccaacgactc cggcccccgc 420 cgctacacca ttgccgccct gctgagcccc tactcctatt ccaccacggc tgtcgtcacc 480 aatcccaagg aataa 495 75 495 DNA Homo sapiens 75 atgatcgaag gtccgactct gcgtcagtgg ctggctgctc gtgctggcgg tggtggcgga 60 gggggtggca ttgagggccc aacccttcgc caatggcttg cagcacgcgc aggtccaact 120 ggtaccggtg aatccaaggc tcctctgatg gtcgcagttc tagatgctgt ccgaggcagt 180 cctgccatca atgtggccgt gcatgtgttc agaaaggctt gtgatgacac ctgggagcca 240 tttgcctctg ggaaaaccag tgagtctgga gagctgcatg ggctcacaac tgaggaggaa 300 tttgtagaag ggatatacaa agtggaaata gacaccaaat cttactggaa ggcacttggc 360 atctccccat tccatgagca tgcagaggtg gtattcacag ccaacgactc cggcccccgc 420 cgctacacca ttgccgccct gctgagcccc tactcctatt ccaccacggc tgtcgtcacc 480 aatcccaagg aataa 495

Claims (37)

What is claimed is:
1. A method for increasing the serum half-life of a biologically active agent comprising fusing the biologically active agent to transthyretin (TTR) or a TTR variant.
2. The method of claim 1 where said TTR or TTR variant is chemically modified with a chemical selected from the group consisting of dextran, poly(n-vinyl pyurrolidone), polyethylene glycols, propropylene glycol homopolymers, polypropylene oxide/ethylene oxide co-polymers, polyoxyethylated polyols and polyvinyl alcohols.
3. The method of claim 2 where said TTR or TTR variant is chemically modified with polyethylene glycol.
4. The method of claim 3 wherein said polyethylene glycol has a molecular weight of between about 1 kD and 100 kD.
5. The method of claim 4 wherein said polyethylene glycol has a molecular weight of between about 5 kD and 30 kD.
6. The method of claim 1 wherein said TTR is encoded by the nucleic acid of SEQ ID NO:2.
7. The method of claim 1 wherein the TTR variant is encoded by the nucleic acid of SEQ ID NO:8.
8. The method of claim 1 wherein the biologically active agent is a protein.
9. The method of claim 1 wherein the biologically active agent is a peptide.
10. The method of claim 9 wherein the peptide is a TPO mimetic peptide (TMP).
11. The method of claim 9 wherein the biologically active agent is a Glucagon-like Peptide-1 (GLP-1).
12. A substantially homogenous preparation of a TTR-biologically active agent fusion, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier or adjuvant.
13. A substantially homogenous preparation of a PEG-TTR-biologically active agent fusion, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier or adjuvant.
14. The preparation of claim 13 wherein the biologically active agent is a protein.
15. The preparation of claim 13 wherein the biologically active agent is a peptide.
16. The preparation of claim 15 wherein the peptide is a TMP.
17. The preparation of claim 15 wherein the peptide is a GLP-1.
18. A substantially homogenous preparation of a TTR variant-biologically active agent fusion, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier or adjuvant.
19. A substantially homogenous preparation of a PEG-TTR variant-biologically active agent fusion, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier or adjuvant.
20. The preparation of claim 19 wherein the biologically active agent is a protein.
21. The preparation of claim 19 wherein the biologically active agent is a peptide.
22. The preparation of claim 21 wherein the peptide is a TMP.
23. The preparation of claim 21, wherein the peptide is GLP-1.
24. The preparation of any of claims 10-23 wherein the fusion contains a linker peptide.
25. A process for preparing a substantially homogenous preparation of a TTR-biologically active agent fusion comprising: (a) fusing said TTR to a biologically active agent to provide a TTR-biologically active agent fusion; and (b) isolating said TTR-biologically active agent fusion.
26. A process for preparing a substantially homogenous preparation of a TTR variant-biologically active agent fusion comprising: (a) engineering a cysteine residue into a specific amino acid position within the amino acid sequence of said TTR to provide a variant of said TTR; (b) fusing said TTR variant to a biologically active agent to provide a TTR variant-biologically active agent fusion; and (c) isolating said TTR variant-biologically active agent fusion.
27. A process for preparing a substantially homogenous preparation of a PEG-TTR-biologically active agent fusion comprising: (a) conjugating a polyethylene glycol to said TTR to provide a PEG-TTR; (b) fusing said PEG-TTR to a biologically active agent to provide a PEG-TTR-biologically active agent fusion; and (c) isolating said PEG-TTR-biologically active agent fusion.
28. A process for preparing a substantially homogenous preparation of a PEG-TTR variant-biologically active agent fusion comprising: (a) engineering a cysteine residue into a specific amino acid position within the amino acid sequence of said TTR to provide a variant of said TTR; (b) conjugating a polyethylene glycol to said TTR variant at said cysteine residue to provide a PEG-TTR variant; (c) fusing said PEG-TTR variant to a biologically active agent to provide a PEG-TTR-biologically active agent fusion; and (d) isolating said PEG-TTR-biologically active agent fusion.
29. A method of treating thrombocytopenia comprising administering a therapeutically effective dose of a preparation of claim 16.
30. A method of treating thrombocytopenia comprising administering a therapeutically effective dose of a preparation of claim 22.
31. A method of treating non-insulin dependent diabetes comprising administering a therapeutically effective dose of a preparation of claim 17.
32. A method of treating non-insulin dependent diabetes comprising administering a therapeutically effective dose of a preparation of claim 23.
33. A fusion protein comprising a TTR protein fused to a heterologous sequence.
34. A fusion protein of claim 33 wherein the heterologous sequence is a TMP.
35. A fusion protein of claim 33 wherein the heterologous sequence is a GLP-1.
36. A fusion protein of any one of claims 33, 34 or 35 further comprising a linker sequence between the TTR protein and the heterologous sequence.
37. A nucleic acid encoding the fusion protein of any one of claims 33, 34 or 35.
US10/407,078 2002-04-04 2003-04-03 Use of transthyretin peptide/protein fusions to increase the serum half-life of pharmacologically active peptides/proteins Abandoned US20030195154A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/407,078 US20030195154A1 (en) 2002-04-04 2003-04-03 Use of transthyretin peptide/protein fusions to increase the serum half-life of pharmacologically active peptides/proteins
US12/380,451 US8633153B2 (en) 2002-04-04 2009-02-26 Transthyretin variants
US14/157,325 US20140234945A1 (en) 2002-04-04 2014-01-16 Transthyretin variants

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/117,109 US20030191056A1 (en) 2002-04-04 2002-04-04 Use of transthyretin peptide/protein fusions to increase the serum half-life of pharmacologically active peptides/proteins
US10/407,078 US20030195154A1 (en) 2002-04-04 2003-04-03 Use of transthyretin peptide/protein fusions to increase the serum half-life of pharmacologically active peptides/proteins

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/117,109 Continuation-In-Part US20030191056A1 (en) 2002-04-04 2002-04-04 Use of transthyretin peptide/protein fusions to increase the serum half-life of pharmacologically active peptides/proteins

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/380,451 Continuation US8633153B2 (en) 2002-04-04 2009-02-26 Transthyretin variants

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20030195154A1 true US20030195154A1 (en) 2003-10-16

Family

ID=28674128

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/117,109 Abandoned US20030191056A1 (en) 2002-04-04 2002-04-04 Use of transthyretin peptide/protein fusions to increase the serum half-life of pharmacologically active peptides/proteins
US10/407,078 Abandoned US20030195154A1 (en) 2002-04-04 2003-04-03 Use of transthyretin peptide/protein fusions to increase the serum half-life of pharmacologically active peptides/proteins
US12/380,451 Expired - Fee Related US8633153B2 (en) 2002-04-04 2009-02-26 Transthyretin variants
US14/157,325 Abandoned US20140234945A1 (en) 2002-04-04 2014-01-16 Transthyretin variants

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/117,109 Abandoned US20030191056A1 (en) 2002-04-04 2002-04-04 Use of transthyretin peptide/protein fusions to increase the serum half-life of pharmacologically active peptides/proteins

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/380,451 Expired - Fee Related US8633153B2 (en) 2002-04-04 2009-02-26 Transthyretin variants
US14/157,325 Abandoned US20140234945A1 (en) 2002-04-04 2014-01-16 Transthyretin variants

Country Status (9)

Country Link
US (4) US20030191056A1 (en)
EP (2) EP1496926B1 (en)
JP (2) JP4738743B2 (en)
AU (1) AU2003224844B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2480883A1 (en)
ES (1) ES2400341T3 (en)
MX (1) MXPA04009680A (en)
PL (1) PL372849A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2003086444A1 (en)

Cited By (44)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2005058954A1 (en) * 2003-12-18 2005-06-30 Novo Nordisk A/S Novel glp-1 compounds
WO2006068910A1 (en) * 2004-12-22 2006-06-29 Eli Lilly And Company Glp-1 analog fusion protein formulations
EP1767545A1 (en) 2005-09-22 2007-03-28 Biocompatibles UK Limited GLP-1 (Glucagon-like peptide-1) fusion polypeptides with increased peptidase resistance
CN100344323C (en) * 2004-09-30 2007-10-24 华东师范大学 Human glucagon-like peptide-1 compound and its preparing method
US7311902B2 (en) 2003-04-15 2007-12-25 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Conjugates comprising human IL-18 and substitution mutants thereof
US20080020978A1 (en) * 2005-10-21 2008-01-24 Gegg Colin V Jr CGRP peptide antagonists and conjugates
US20080124347A1 (en) * 2001-11-13 2008-05-29 Hanmi Pharm. Ind. Co., Ltd. Insulinotropic peptide conjugate using carrier substance
WO2009005726A1 (en) 2007-06-29 2009-01-08 Amgen Inc. Antigen binding proteins that bind par-2
US20090238838A1 (en) * 2003-11-13 2009-09-24 Hanmi Pharm. Ind. Co. Ltd. Insulinotropic peptide conjugate using an immunoglobulin fc
US20090281028A1 (en) * 2006-10-25 2009-11-12 Sullivan John K OSK1 peptide analogs and pharmaceutical compositions
US20100068289A1 (en) * 2006-05-10 2010-03-18 Biocompatibles Uk Ltd Spherical microcapsules comprising glp-i peptides, their production and use
US20100160556A1 (en) * 2007-03-21 2010-06-24 Christine Wallrapp GLP-1 Fusion Peptides Conjugated to Polymer(s), Their Production and Use
WO2010085495A1 (en) 2009-01-21 2010-07-29 Amgen Inc. Compositions and methods of treating inflammatory and autoimmune diseases
US20100210505A1 (en) * 2005-12-16 2010-08-19 Nektar Therapeutics Al, Corporation Polymer conjugates of glp-1
WO2010107752A2 (en) 2009-03-20 2010-09-23 Amgen Inc. Alpha-4-beta-7 heterodimer specific antagonist antibody
US20100256332A1 (en) * 2007-03-27 2010-10-07 Biocompatibles Uk Ltd GLP-1 Fusion Peptides, Their Production and Use
US20100330108A1 (en) * 2003-11-13 2010-12-30 Hanmi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Pharmaceutical composition for treating obesity-related disease comprising insulinotropic peptide conjugate
WO2011014671A1 (en) 2009-07-31 2011-02-03 Amgen Inc. Polypeptides that bind tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinase type three (timp-3), compositions and methods
EP2322551A2 (en) 2004-12-22 2011-05-18 Amgen, Inc Compositions comprising Anti-IGF-1R Antibodies and Methods for their Production
US20110236431A1 (en) * 2008-09-12 2011-09-29 Biocompatibles Uk Ltd. Treatment of acute myocardial infarction (ami) using encapsulated cells encoding and secreting glp-1 peptides or analogs thereof
WO2012024242A1 (en) 2010-08-16 2012-02-23 Amgen Inc. Antibodies that bind myostatin, compositions and methods
EP2425860A1 (en) 2005-08-12 2012-03-07 Amgen Inc. Modified Fc molecules
WO2012040518A2 (en) 2010-09-22 2012-03-29 Amgen Inc. Carrier immunoglobulins and uses thereof
WO2012106556A2 (en) 2011-02-02 2012-08-09 Amgen Inc. Methods and compositons relating to inhibition of igf-1r
WO2012117336A2 (en) 2011-02-28 2012-09-07 Istituto Di Ricovero E Cura A Carattere Scientifico Materno-Infantile Burlo Garofolo - Ospedale Di Alta Specializzazione E Di Rilievo Nazionale Per La Salute Della Donna E Del Bambino Apoptosis-inducing molecules and uses therefor
WO2012125973A2 (en) 2011-03-16 2012-09-20 Amgen Inc. Potent and selective inhibitors of nav1.3 and nav1.7
US8420779B2 (en) 2007-05-22 2013-04-16 Amgen Inc. Compositions and methods for producing bioactive fusion proteins
WO2014062963A1 (en) 2012-10-17 2014-04-24 Amgen Inc. Methods and compositions relating to anti-il-21 receptor antibodies
WO2014099984A1 (en) 2012-12-20 2014-06-26 Amgen Inc. Apj receptor agonists and uses thereof
WO2014151834A2 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Amgen Inc. Methods and compositions relating to anti-ccr7 antigen binding proteins
WO2014165277A2 (en) 2013-03-12 2014-10-09 Amgen Inc. POTENT AND SELECTIVE INHIBITORS OF Nav1.7
WO2015191781A2 (en) 2014-06-10 2015-12-17 Amgen Inc. Apelin polypeptides
CN106977609A (en) * 2017-04-19 2017-07-25 刘崇东 A kind of fusion protein, preparation method and applications
WO2018132768A1 (en) 2017-01-13 2018-07-19 Sanna Pietro P Methods and compositions for treating hpa hyperactivity
CN108623690A (en) * 2017-03-16 2018-10-09 兰州大学 A kind of fusion protein of thrombopoietin and its preparation method and application
EP3385279A1 (en) 2009-03-20 2018-10-10 Amgen Inc. Carrier immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US10172959B2 (en) 2014-08-14 2019-01-08 Mamoun M. Alhamadsheh Systems for stabilizing and delivering active agents
WO2019028382A1 (en) 2017-08-04 2019-02-07 Amgen Inc. Method of conjugation of cys-mabs
US10344073B2 (en) 2014-01-09 2019-07-09 Hadasit Medical Research Services And Development Ltd. Cell compositions and methods for cancer therapy
EP3575316A1 (en) 2014-08-27 2019-12-04 Amgen, Inc Variants of tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinase type three (timp-3), compositions and methods
WO2020198074A1 (en) 2019-03-22 2020-10-01 Reflexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. D-peptidic compounds for vegf
WO2020198075A2 (en) 2019-03-22 2020-10-01 Reflexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Multivalent d-peptidic compounds for target proteins
WO2021120937A1 (en) * 2019-12-17 2021-06-24 童妍(上海)医疗器械有限公司 Application of transthyretin in entering eye and preparing drop
WO2022050401A2 (en) 2020-09-01 2022-03-10 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Interleukin-2 muteins and uses thereof

Families Citing this family (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AU2004315509A1 (en) * 2003-12-05 2005-08-18 Becton, Dickinson And Company Methods of enhancing immune response in the intradermal compartment and compounds useful in the methods
WO2005077976A2 (en) * 2004-02-13 2005-08-25 Avidis Sa Coiled-coil domains from c4b-binding protein
US8143380B2 (en) * 2004-07-08 2012-03-27 Amgen Inc. Therapeutic peptides
GB0426146D0 (en) 2004-11-29 2004-12-29 Bioxell Spa Therapeutic peptides and method
WO2008157824A2 (en) * 2007-06-21 2008-12-24 Conjuchem Biotechnologies Inc. Thrombopoietin peptide conjugates
CA2751679C (en) 2009-02-06 2018-02-27 Women & Infants' Hospital Of Rhode Island Compositions for treating preeclampsia-type disorders of pregnancy comprising transthyretin
JP2014132832A (en) * 2011-05-10 2014-07-24 Sekisui Chem Co Ltd Medicament, functional food product, stabilization method of target protein, fusion protein, nucleic acid, and recombinant
KR102385013B1 (en) 2011-11-18 2022-04-12 알닐람 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 RNAi AGENTS, COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF FOR TREATING TRANSTHYRETIN (TTR) ASSOCIATED DISEASES
WO2013074861A1 (en) * 2011-11-18 2013-05-23 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Quantification of transthyretin and its isoforms
IL283764B2 (en) 2015-04-10 2024-01-01 Amgen Inc Interleukin-2 muteins for the expansion of t-regulatory cells
SG10201912341SA (en) 2015-07-31 2020-02-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc TRANSTHYRETIN (TTR) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF FOR TREATING OR PREVENTING TTR-ASSOCIATED DISEASES
WO2017155981A1 (en) * 2016-03-07 2017-09-14 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Protein-chaperoned t-cell vaccines
JP2021508333A (en) 2017-09-19 2021-03-04 アルナイラム ファーマシューティカルズ， インコーポレイテッドＡｌｎｙｌａｍ Ｐｈａｒｍａｃｅｕｔｉｃａｌｓ， Ｉｎｃ． Therapeutic compositions and methods for transthyretin (TTR) -mediated amyloidosis
SG11202003114UA (en) 2017-10-04 2020-05-28 Amgen Inc Transthyretin immunoglobulin fusions
JP7360142B2 (en) 2019-05-21 2023-10-12 国立大学法人 熊本大学 New screening method for amyloidosis treatment drugs
SG11202112762TA (en) 2019-07-08 2021-12-30 Amgen Inc Multispecific transthyretin immunoglobulin fusions
CN110960687A (en) * 2019-12-17 2020-04-07 上海卡序生物医药科技有限公司 Application of transthyretin for transferring fusion protein into eyes
CN112043820B (en) * 2020-09-16 2022-06-21 易舟(上海)生物医药有限公司 Eye preparation and preparation method and application thereof

Citations (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4002531A (en) * 1976-01-22 1977-01-11 Pierce Chemical Company Modifying enzymes with polyethylene glycol and product produced thereby
US4179337A (en) * 1973-07-20 1979-12-18 Davis Frank F Non-immunogenic polypeptides
US4771008A (en) * 1982-07-30 1988-09-13 Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. Method for quantitative analysis of thyroid hormone
US5532166A (en) * 1994-04-18 1996-07-02 Ma; Yinfa Quantitative retinol assay for serum and dried blood spots
US5714142A (en) * 1994-02-23 1998-02-03 Blaney; Jeffrey M. Method and compositions for increasing the serum half-life of pharmacologically active agents by binding to transthyretin-selective ligands
US5716805A (en) * 1991-10-25 1998-02-10 Immunex Corporation Methods of preparing soluble, oligomeric proteins
US5824784A (en) * 1994-10-12 1998-10-20 Amgen Inc. N-terminally chemically modified protein compositions and methods
US5834594A (en) * 1991-03-25 1998-11-10 Hoffman-La Roche Inc. Polyethylene-protein conjugates
US6087329A (en) * 1991-10-25 2000-07-11 Immunex Corporation CD40 ligand polypeptide
US20020160394A1 (en) * 2001-01-24 2002-10-31 Bayer Corporation Regulation of transthyretin to treat obesity
US6506730B1 (en) * 1999-08-17 2003-01-14 Kang Choon Lee Nasal transmucosal delivery of peptide conjugated with biocompatible polymers
US20040053370A1 (en) * 2000-12-07 2004-03-18 Wolfgang Glaesner GLP-1 Fusion Proteins

Family Cites Families (47)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3941763A (en) 1975-03-28 1976-03-02 American Home Products Corporation PGlu-D-Met-Trp-Ser-Tyr-D-Ala-Leu-Arg-Pro-Gly-NH2 and intermediates
US6936694B1 (en) 1982-05-06 2005-08-30 Intermune, Inc. Manufacture and expression of large structural genes
US4703008A (en) 1983-12-13 1987-10-27 Kiren-Amgen, Inc. DNA sequences encoding erythropoietin
NZ210501A (en) 1983-12-13 1991-08-27 Kirin Amgen Inc Erythropoietin produced by procaryotic or eucaryotic expression of an exogenous dna sequence
KR850004274A (en) 1983-12-13 1985-07-11 원본미기재 Method for preparing erythropoietin
US4810643A (en) 1985-08-23 1989-03-07 Kirin- Amgen Inc. Production of pluripotent granulocyte colony-stimulating factor
JPS63500636A (en) 1985-08-23 1988-03-10 麒麟麦酒株式会社 DNA encoding multipotent granulocyte colony stimulating factor
US5118666A (en) 1986-05-05 1992-06-02 The General Hospital Corporation Insulinotropic hormone
US5120712A (en) 1986-05-05 1992-06-09 The General Hospital Corporation Insulinotropic hormone
US4904584A (en) 1987-12-23 1990-02-27 Genetics Institute, Inc. Site-specific homogeneous modification of polypeptides
US5075222A (en) 1988-05-27 1991-12-24 Synergen, Inc. Interleukin-1 inhibitors
US4902502A (en) * 1989-01-23 1990-02-20 Cetus Corporation Preparation of a polymer/interleukin-2 conjugate
WO1991005795A1 (en) 1989-10-16 1991-05-02 Amgen Inc. Stem cell factor
JP3014007B2 (en) 1989-11-29 2000-02-28 アムジェン インコーポレーテッド Production of recombinant human interleukin-1 inhibitor
US5545618A (en) 1990-01-24 1996-08-13 Buckley; Douglas I. GLP-1 analogs useful for diabetes treatment
US5372808A (en) 1990-10-17 1994-12-13 Amgen Inc. Methods and compositions for the treatment of diseases with consensus interferon while reducing side effect
CA2106079C (en) 1991-03-15 2000-04-25 Robert C. Thompson Pegylation of polypeptides
JP3507486B2 (en) 1991-03-15 2004-03-15 アムジエン・インコーポレーテツド Intrapulmonary administration of granulocyte colony-stimulating factor
WO1992017505A1 (en) 1991-04-05 1992-10-15 Board Of Regents Of The University Of Washington Monoclonal antibodies to stem cell factor receptors
IT1255439B (en) 1992-07-17 1995-10-31 Getters Spa NON-EVAPORABLE GETTER PUMP
US5581476A (en) 1993-01-28 1996-12-03 Amgen Inc. Computer-based methods and articles of manufacture for preparing G-CSF analogs
HU225496B1 (en) 1993-04-07 2007-01-29 Scios Inc Pharmaceutical compositions of prolonged delivery, containing peptides
CN1057534C (en) 1993-08-17 2000-10-18 柯瑞英-艾格公司 Erythropoietin analogs
US5705483A (en) 1993-12-09 1998-01-06 Eli Lilly And Company Glucagon-like insulinotropic peptides, compositions and methods
US6288030B1 (en) 1993-12-22 2001-09-11 Amgen Inc. Stem cell factor formulations and methods
GB2285446B (en) 1994-01-03 1999-07-28 Genentech Inc Thrombopoietin
US5880096A (en) 1994-02-02 1999-03-09 Affymax Technologies N.V. Peptides and compounds that bind to the IL-1 receptor
US5608035A (en) 1994-02-02 1997-03-04 Affymax Technologies N.V. Peptides and compounds that bind to the IL-1 receptor
US5786331A (en) 1994-02-02 1998-07-28 Affymax Technologies N.V. Peptides and compounds that bind to the IL-1 receptor
PL178384B1 (en) 1994-02-14 2000-04-28 Univ Washington Haemopoesive protein as well as method of and materials for obtaining same
WO1995021919A2 (en) 1994-02-14 1995-08-17 Kirin Brewery Company, Limited Protein having tpo activity
GEP20002180B (en) 1994-03-31 2000-07-25 Amgen Inc Composition and Methods for Stimulating Megakaryocyte Growth and Differentiation
US6309853B1 (en) 1994-08-17 2001-10-30 The Rockfeller University Modulators of body weight, corresponding nucleic acids and proteins, and diagnostic and therapeutic uses thereof
US5869451A (en) 1995-06-07 1999-02-09 Glaxo Group Limited Peptides and compounds that bind to a receptor
EP0832220A1 (en) 1995-06-07 1998-04-01 Amgen Inc. Ob protein compositions and method
US5581005A (en) 1995-06-16 1996-12-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Method for manufacturing cobalt catalysts
GB2302559B (en) 1995-06-23 1998-06-03 Draftex Ind Ltd Opening arrangements and methods for closure members
US5746516A (en) 1995-08-11 1998-05-05 Hitachi Powdered Metals Co., Ltd. Porous bearing system having internal grooves and electric motor provided with the same
PT865294E (en) 1995-08-17 2004-07-30 Amgen Inc A method for reducing or maintaining reduced levels of lipids in the blood by using proteolytic compositions
US6369027B1 (en) 1995-12-22 2002-04-09 Amgen Inc. Osteoprotegerin
DE69737266T2 (en) 1996-12-20 2007-11-08 Amgen Inc., Thousand Oaks OB FUSION PROTEIN CONTAINING COMPOSITIONS AND METHOD
US6660843B1 (en) * 1998-10-23 2003-12-09 Amgen Inc. Modified peptides as therapeutic agents
EP1124961B9 (en) 1998-10-23 2010-07-21 Kirin-Amgen Inc. Thrombopoietic compounds
EP1832599A3 (en) * 2000-04-12 2007-11-21 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Albumin fusion proteins
JP2003531149A (en) * 2000-04-13 2003-10-21 ザ・ロツクフエラー・ユニバーシテイ Enhancement of antibody-derived immune response
US6756480B2 (en) 2000-04-27 2004-06-29 Amgen Inc. Modulators of receptors for parathyroid hormone and parathyroid hormone-related protein
CA2511966A1 (en) * 2002-11-01 2004-07-22 Amgen Inc. Modulators of receptors for parathyroid hormone and parathyroid hormone-related protein

Patent Citations (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4179337A (en) * 1973-07-20 1979-12-18 Davis Frank F Non-immunogenic polypeptides
US4002531A (en) * 1976-01-22 1977-01-11 Pierce Chemical Company Modifying enzymes with polyethylene glycol and product produced thereby
US4771008A (en) * 1982-07-30 1988-09-13 Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. Method for quantitative analysis of thyroid hormone
US5834594A (en) * 1991-03-25 1998-11-10 Hoffman-La Roche Inc. Polyethylene-protein conjugates
US5716805A (en) * 1991-10-25 1998-02-10 Immunex Corporation Methods of preparing soluble, oligomeric proteins
US6087329A (en) * 1991-10-25 2000-07-11 Immunex Corporation CD40 ligand polypeptide
US5714142A (en) * 1994-02-23 1998-02-03 Blaney; Jeffrey M. Method and compositions for increasing the serum half-life of pharmacologically active agents by binding to transthyretin-selective ligands
US5532166A (en) * 1994-04-18 1996-07-02 Ma; Yinfa Quantitative retinol assay for serum and dried blood spots
US5824784A (en) * 1994-10-12 1998-10-20 Amgen Inc. N-terminally chemically modified protein compositions and methods
US6506730B1 (en) * 1999-08-17 2003-01-14 Kang Choon Lee Nasal transmucosal delivery of peptide conjugated with biocompatible polymers
US20040053370A1 (en) * 2000-12-07 2004-03-18 Wolfgang Glaesner GLP-1 Fusion Proteins
US20020160394A1 (en) * 2001-01-24 2002-10-31 Bayer Corporation Regulation of transthyretin to treat obesity

Cited By (89)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20080124347A1 (en) * 2001-11-13 2008-05-29 Hanmi Pharm. Ind. Co., Ltd. Insulinotropic peptide conjugate using carrier substance
US7311902B2 (en) 2003-04-15 2007-12-25 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Conjugates comprising human IL-18 and substitution mutants thereof
US20100330108A1 (en) * 2003-11-13 2010-12-30 Hanmi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Pharmaceutical composition for treating obesity-related disease comprising insulinotropic peptide conjugate
US8263084B2 (en) * 2003-11-13 2012-09-11 Hanmi Science Co., Ltd Pharmaceutical composition for treating obesity-related disease comprising insulinotropic peptide conjugate
US20090238838A1 (en) * 2003-11-13 2009-09-24 Hanmi Pharm. Ind. Co. Ltd. Insulinotropic peptide conjugate using an immunoglobulin fc
WO2005058954A1 (en) * 2003-12-18 2005-06-30 Novo Nordisk A/S Novel glp-1 compounds
US9920106B2 (en) 2003-12-18 2018-03-20 Novo Nordisk A/S GLP-1 compounds
US20070042956A1 (en) * 2003-12-18 2007-02-22 Novo Nordisk A/S Novel GLP-1 compounds
CN100344323C (en) * 2004-09-30 2007-10-24 华东师范大学 Human glucagon-like peptide-1 compound and its preparing method
EP2168982A1 (en) * 2004-12-22 2010-03-31 Eli Lilly &amp; Company GLP-1 analog fusion protein formulations
EA011166B1 (en) * 2004-12-22 2009-02-27 Эли Лилли Энд Компани Glp-1 analog fusion protein formulations
EP2322550A1 (en) 2004-12-22 2011-05-18 Amgen, Inc Compositions comprising anti-IGF-1R Antibodies and Methods for obtaining said Antibodies
US20090232807A1 (en) * 2004-12-22 2009-09-17 Eli Lilly And Company Glp-1 analog fusion protein formulations
WO2006068910A1 (en) * 2004-12-22 2006-06-29 Eli Lilly And Company Glp-1 analog fusion protein formulations
EP2322551A2 (en) 2004-12-22 2011-05-18 Amgen, Inc Compositions comprising Anti-IGF-1R Antibodies and Methods for their Production
EP2425860A1 (en) 2005-08-12 2012-03-07 Amgen Inc. Modified Fc molecules
EA013796B1 (en) * 2005-09-22 2010-06-30 Байокомпатиблз Юк Лтд. Glp-1 (glucagon-like peptide-1) fusion polypeptides with increased peptidase resistance
AU2006299134B2 (en) * 2005-09-22 2012-02-23 Biocompatibles Uk Ltd. GLP-1 ( glucagon-like peptide-1 ) fusion polypeptides with increased peptidase resistance
WO2007039140A1 (en) 2005-09-22 2007-04-12 Biocompatibles Uk Ltd. Glp-1 ( glucagon-like peptide-1 ) fusion polypeptides with increased peptidase resistance
US8431533B2 (en) 2005-09-22 2013-04-30 Biocompatibles Uk Ltd. GLP-1 fusion peptides, their production and use
EP2045265A1 (en) * 2005-09-22 2009-04-08 Biocompatibles Uk Ltd. GLP-1 fusion peptides, their production and use
EP1767545A1 (en) 2005-09-22 2007-03-28 Biocompatibles UK Limited GLP-1 (Glucagon-like peptide-1) fusion polypeptides with increased peptidase resistance
EP2261245A1 (en) * 2005-09-22 2010-12-15 Biocompatibles Uk Ltd. GLP-1 (glucagon-like peptide-1) fusion polypeptides with increased peptidase resistance
EP2174952A3 (en) * 2005-09-22 2010-11-17 Biocompatibles Uk Ltd. glp-1 (glucagon-like peptide-1) fusion polypeptides with increased peptidase resistance
US8853159B2 (en) 2005-09-22 2014-10-07 Biocompatibles Uk Ltd GLP-1 Fusion Peptides
US20110130329A1 (en) * 2005-09-22 2011-06-02 Peter Geigle Glp-1 Fusion Peptides, Their Production and Use
US8168592B2 (en) 2005-10-21 2012-05-01 Amgen Inc. CGRP peptide antagonists and conjugates
US20080020978A1 (en) * 2005-10-21 2008-01-24 Gegg Colin V Jr CGRP peptide antagonists and conjugates
US20100210505A1 (en) * 2005-12-16 2010-08-19 Nektar Therapeutics Al, Corporation Polymer conjugates of glp-1
US8293869B2 (en) 2005-12-16 2012-10-23 Nektar Therapeutics Polymer conjugates of GLP-1
US8580919B2 (en) 2005-12-16 2013-11-12 Nektar Therapeutics Polymer conjugates of GLP-1
US8790705B2 (en) 2006-05-10 2014-07-29 Biocompatibles Uk Ltd. Spherical microcapsules comprising GLP-1 peptides, their production and use
US20100068289A1 (en) * 2006-05-10 2010-03-18 Biocompatibles Uk Ltd Spherical microcapsules comprising glp-i peptides, their production and use
US20090281028A1 (en) * 2006-10-25 2009-11-12 Sullivan John K OSK1 peptide analogs and pharmaceutical compositions
US7803769B2 (en) 2006-10-25 2010-09-28 Amgen Inc. OSK1 peptide analogs and pharmaceutical compositions
US20090299044A1 (en) * 2006-10-25 2009-12-03 Sullivan John K DNA encoding chimeric toxin peptide fusion proteins and vectors and mammalian cells for recombinant expression
US7834164B2 (en) 2006-10-25 2010-11-16 Amgen Inc. DNA encoding OSK1 toxin peptide analogs and vectors and cells for combinant expression
US20090305399A1 (en) * 2006-10-25 2009-12-10 Sullivan John K DNA encoding OSK1 toxin peptide analogs and vectors and cells for combinant expression
US8043829B2 (en) 2006-10-25 2011-10-25 Amgen Inc. DNA encoding chimeric toxin peptide fusion proteins and vectors and mammalian cells for recombinant expression
US7825093B2 (en) 2006-10-25 2010-11-02 Amgen Inc. Methods of using OSK1 peptide analogs
US7910102B2 (en) 2006-10-25 2011-03-22 Amgen Inc. Methods of using conjugated toxin peptide therapeutic agents
US7820623B2 (en) 2006-10-25 2010-10-26 Amgen Inc. Conjugated toxin peptide therapeutic agents
US20100160556A1 (en) * 2007-03-21 2010-06-24 Christine Wallrapp GLP-1 Fusion Peptides Conjugated to Polymer(s), Their Production and Use
US20100256332A1 (en) * 2007-03-27 2010-10-07 Biocompatibles Uk Ltd GLP-1 Fusion Peptides, Their Production and Use
EP2738257A1 (en) 2007-05-22 2014-06-04 Amgen Inc. Compositions and methods for producing bioactive fusion proteins
US8420779B2 (en) 2007-05-22 2013-04-16 Amgen Inc. Compositions and methods for producing bioactive fusion proteins
EP2562186A1 (en) 2007-06-29 2013-02-27 Amgen Inc. Antigen binding proteins that bind PAR-2
WO2009005726A1 (en) 2007-06-29 2009-01-08 Amgen Inc. Antigen binding proteins that bind par-2
US20110236431A1 (en) * 2008-09-12 2011-09-29 Biocompatibles Uk Ltd. Treatment of acute myocardial infarction (ami) using encapsulated cells encoding and secreting glp-1 peptides or analogs thereof
EP2382228B1 (en) 2009-01-21 2020-08-26 Amgen Inc. Compositions and methods of treating inflammatory and autoimmune diseases
WO2010085495A1 (en) 2009-01-21 2010-07-29 Amgen Inc. Compositions and methods of treating inflammatory and autoimmune diseases
EP3385279A1 (en) 2009-03-20 2018-10-10 Amgen Inc. Carrier immunoglobulins and uses thereof
WO2010107752A2 (en) 2009-03-20 2010-09-23 Amgen Inc. Alpha-4-beta-7 heterodimer specific antagonist antibody
WO2011014671A1 (en) 2009-07-31 2011-02-03 Amgen Inc. Polypeptides that bind tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinase type three (timp-3), compositions and methods
WO2012024242A1 (en) 2010-08-16 2012-02-23 Amgen Inc. Antibodies that bind myostatin, compositions and methods
WO2012040518A2 (en) 2010-09-22 2012-03-29 Amgen Inc. Carrier immunoglobulins and uses thereof
WO2012106556A2 (en) 2011-02-02 2012-08-09 Amgen Inc. Methods and compositons relating to inhibition of igf-1r
WO2012117336A2 (en) 2011-02-28 2012-09-07 Istituto Di Ricovero E Cura A Carattere Scientifico Materno-Infantile Burlo Garofolo - Ospedale Di Alta Specializzazione E Di Rilievo Nazionale Per La Salute Della Donna E Del Bambino Apoptosis-inducing molecules and uses therefor
WO2012125973A2 (en) 2011-03-16 2012-09-20 Amgen Inc. Potent and selective inhibitors of nav1.3 and nav1.7
EP3424954A1 (en) 2012-10-17 2019-01-09 Amgen, Inc Methods and compositions relating to anti-il-21 receptor antibodies
WO2014062963A1 (en) 2012-10-17 2014-04-24 Amgen Inc. Methods and compositions relating to anti-il-21 receptor antibodies
WO2014099984A1 (en) 2012-12-20 2014-06-26 Amgen Inc. Apj receptor agonists and uses thereof
EP3907237A1 (en) 2012-12-20 2021-11-10 Amgen Inc. Apj receptor agonists and uses thereof
WO2014165277A2 (en) 2013-03-12 2014-10-09 Amgen Inc. POTENT AND SELECTIVE INHIBITORS OF Nav1.7
WO2014151834A2 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Amgen Inc. Methods and compositions relating to anti-ccr7 antigen binding proteins
US10526411B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2020-01-07 Amgen Inc. Methods and compositions relating to anti-CCR7 antigen binding proteins
US10344073B2 (en) 2014-01-09 2019-07-09 Hadasit Medical Research Services And Development Ltd. Cell compositions and methods for cancer therapy
EP4101461A1 (en) 2014-01-09 2022-12-14 Hadasit Medical Research Services and Development Ltd. Improved cell compositions and methods for cancer therapy
US11530251B2 (en) 2014-01-09 2022-12-20 Hadasit Medical Research Services And Development Ltd. Methods for cancer therapy using isolated NTB-A ectodomain polypeptides
EP3674314A2 (en) 2014-06-10 2020-07-01 Amgen, Inc Apelin polypeptides
US10941182B2 (en) 2014-06-10 2021-03-09 Amgen Inc. Apelin polypeptides
EP4257152A2 (en) 2014-06-10 2023-10-11 Amgen Inc. Apelin polypeptides
US11807693B2 (en) 2014-06-10 2023-11-07 Amgen Inc. Apelin polypeptides
WO2015191781A2 (en) 2014-06-10 2015-12-17 Amgen Inc. Apelin polypeptides
US10596269B2 (en) 2014-08-14 2020-03-24 Mamoun M. Alhamadsheh Delivering enhanced active agents
US10172959B2 (en) 2014-08-14 2019-01-08 Mamoun M. Alhamadsheh Systems for stabilizing and delivering active agents
US10772967B2 (en) 2014-08-14 2020-09-15 Mamoun M. Alhamadsheh Enhanced anticancer agent
US10363318B2 (en) 2014-08-14 2019-07-30 Mamoun M. Alhamadsheh Enhanced active agents
US11129902B2 (en) 2014-08-14 2021-09-28 Mamoun M. Alhamadsheh Enhanced SN-38 anticancer agent
EP3575316A1 (en) 2014-08-27 2019-12-04 Amgen, Inc Variants of tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinase type three (timp-3), compositions and methods
US11149078B2 (en) 2014-08-27 2021-10-19 Amgen Inc. Variants of tissue inhibitor or metalloprotienase type three (TIMP-3), compositions and methods
WO2018132768A1 (en) 2017-01-13 2018-07-19 Sanna Pietro P Methods and compositions for treating hpa hyperactivity
CN108623690A (en) * 2017-03-16 2018-10-09 兰州大学 A kind of fusion protein of thrombopoietin and its preparation method and application
CN106977609A (en) * 2017-04-19 2017-07-25 刘崇东 A kind of fusion protein, preparation method and applications
WO2019028382A1 (en) 2017-08-04 2019-02-07 Amgen Inc. Method of conjugation of cys-mabs
WO2020198075A2 (en) 2019-03-22 2020-10-01 Reflexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Multivalent d-peptidic compounds for target proteins
WO2020198074A1 (en) 2019-03-22 2020-10-01 Reflexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. D-peptidic compounds for vegf
WO2021120937A1 (en) * 2019-12-17 2021-06-24 童妍(上海)医疗器械有限公司 Application of transthyretin in entering eye and preparing drop
WO2022050401A2 (en) 2020-09-01 2022-03-10 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Interleukin-2 muteins and uses thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
MXPA04009680A (en) 2005-01-11
PL372849A1 (en) 2005-08-08
WO2003086444A1 (en) 2003-10-23
JP2005529108A (en) 2005-09-29
ES2400341T3 (en) 2013-04-09
JP2011136981A (en) 2011-07-14
EP2298331A2 (en) 2011-03-23
JP4738743B2 (en) 2011-08-03
EP1496926A1 (en) 2005-01-19
US20090191624A1 (en) 2009-07-30
US20140234945A1 (en) 2014-08-21
CA2480883A1 (en) 2003-10-23
US8633153B2 (en) 2014-01-21
EP1496926A4 (en) 2006-10-18
US20030191056A1 (en) 2003-10-09
EP2298331A3 (en) 2011-04-13
EP1496926B1 (en) 2012-12-19
AU2003224844B2 (en) 2009-05-21
AU2003224844A1 (en) 2003-10-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20030195154A1 (en) Use of transthyretin peptide/protein fusions to increase the serum half-life of pharmacologically active peptides/proteins
JP3820105B2 (en) Dimeric thrombopoietin peptidomimetic that binds to MP1 receptor and has platelet-forming activity
KR100976915B1 (en) Specific binding agents of human angiopoietin-2
DK1210425T4 (en) BAFF receptor (BCMA), an immunoregulatory agent
KR20010099706A (en) Modified peptides as therapeutic agents
JPH05503003A (en) Potentially involved peptides and their uses
CZ88298A3 (en) Adapted neurotrophic factor derived from glial cellular line
US20180280474A1 (en) Treatment of bile acid disorders
CN113396163A (en) Fusion protein and its preparation method and use
US20110071077A1 (en) Thrombopoietic Compounds
KR20160013730A (en) Methods of TAT-A20 fusion protein with good cell penetration and use thereof
TWI360552B (en) Thrombopoietic compounds
TWI324612B (en) Specific binding agents of human angiopoietin-2 (5)
KR20120036947A (en) Growth hormone polypeptides and methods of making and using same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: AMGEN INC., CALIFORNIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:WALKER, KENNETH;XIONG, FEI;REEL/FRAME:013950/0042

Effective date: 20030331

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION